Ifu A500

Instructions for use
Perseus A500
WARNING Anesthesia workstation

To properly use this medical
device, read and comply with
Software 2.0n
these instructions for use.
Perseus A500
This page has been left blank intentionally.
2 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Contents
Contents
Perseus A500
Information about this document................. 5 Getting started ............................................... 79

Applicability of these instructions for use......... 5 Turning on Perseus ......................................... 80
Typographical conventions.............................. 5 Checking the device configuration .................. 81
Use of terms .................................................... 5 Checking the operational readiness ................ 81
Illustrations ...................................................... 5 Emergency start-up ......................................... 82
Further documents .......................................... 6
Operation ........................................................ 83
Trademarks ..................................................... 6
Safety information definitions .......................... 6 Safety information ........................................... 85
User group requirements................................. 7 Starting the therapy ......................................... 87
Adjusting the therapy....................................... 90
For your safety and that of your patients.... 8 Special forms of therapy.................................. 93
General safety information .............................. 9 Maneuvers (optional)....................................... 95
Product-specific safety information.................. 12 Using fields with special functions ................... 100
Organizing the screen display ......................... 105
Application ..................................................... 14
Displaying additional data ............................... 108
Intended use.................................................... 15 Setting the sound volume................................ 110
Indications/Contraindications........................... 15 Adjusting the alarms........................................ 110
Further information on application ................... 16 Changing the patient data ............................... 113
Overview......................................................... 17 Exporting data ................................................. 113
Other settings .................................................. 114
Hardware ......................................................... 18 Ending the therapy .......................................... 116
Functional scope ............................................. 33 Change of patient ............................................ 118
Gas flow plan................................................... 36
Tests ............................................................... 120
Operating concept ......................................... 39
Information on the availability of individual
Screen ............................................................. 40 device functions............................................... 121
Color concept .................................................. 42 Testing the device ........................................... 121
Selecting and setting ....................................... 43 Performing the tests ........................................ 123
Remote control for the ceiling-mounted version Completing the checklist ................................. 126
(combination with Dräger ceiling supply units) 44
Safety sensor................................................... 45 Ending operation ........................................... 135
Assembly and preparation............................ 46 Turning off the device...................................... 136
Perseus as a ceiling-mounted version............. 47 Alarms............................................................. 138

Mounting of accessories.................................. 49 Displaying alarms ............................................ 139
Before first operation ....................................... 52 Response to alarms ........................................ 140
Intrahospital transport...................................... 56 Adopting alarm settings when changing the
Establishing the gas supply ............................. 57 ventilation mode .............................................. 143
Ensuring the gas scavenging .......................... 62 Alarm delay and alarm escalation ................... 144
Preparation for a day of operations / after Activation of alarms after breath detection ...... 147
reprocessing .................................................... 63 Intelligent alarm behavior ................................ 147
Selecting and connecting patient-specific
accessories...................................................... 67
Connecting or exchanging consumables......... 76
Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 3

Contents
Configuration ................................................. 148 Ventilator ......................................................... 226

Device settings ................................................ 149 Breathing system............................................. 229
Setting the date and time ................................ 149 External fresh-gas outlet ................................. 231
Defining the start settings................................ 150 Anesthetic gas receiving system ..................... 231
Transferring device configurations .................. 171 Measuring systems and displays .................... 231
Activating software options.............................. 172 Display of calculated values ............................ 237
Overview of configurable screen contents ...... 173 Operating characteristics................................. 238
Device outputs................................................. 244
Troubleshooting ............................................ 180 Relevant standards ......................................... 247
Leakage........................................................... 181 Diagrams ......................................................... 249
Power supply failure ........................................ 182 Device combinations ....................................... 250
Emergency O2 delivery (electronically EMC declaration.............................................. 251
controlled gas mixer) ....................................... 183 Emission of high-frequency energy ................. 252
Failure of the gas supply ................................. 184 Connections to IT networks............................. 253
Failure of fresh-gas delivery (electronically Open-source software ..................................... 256
controlled gas mixture) .................................... 186
Ventilator failure .............................................. 186 Principles of operation.................................. 257
Gas measurement failure ................................ 187 Description of the ventilation modes ............... 258
Flow measurement failure ............................... 187 Minimum O2 delivery ....................................... 268
Screen fault/user interface failure.................... 188 Influence of patient category, weight, and age
Complete failure .............................................. 188 on device behavior .......................................... 269
Problems with the anesthetic gas receiving Infinity ID accessory support ........................... 269
system (AGS) .................................................. 189 Schematic diagram of alarm tones.................. 271
Problems with cylinder pressure reducers ...... 190 Combination lock on the drawer (optional)...... 272
Problems with the Vapor View option.............. 190
Support request............................................... 190 Annex.............................................................. 274
Alarm – Cause – Remedy ............................... 191 Abbreviations................................................... 275
Symbols........................................................... 277
Service............................................................ 214
Product labels.................................................. 280
Safety information ........................................... 215 Overview of the menu structure ...................... 282
Transport for maintenance purposes .............. 216
Definition of service terminology ..................... 216 Password........................................................ 285
Inspection ........................................................ 217 Configuration password for Perseus
Maintenance.................................................... 219 A500 Software 2.0n......................................... 285
Repair.............................................................. 220
Index ............................................................... 287
Disposal.......................................................... 221
Safety information ........................................... 222
Disposing of the device ................................... 222
Disposing of accessories................................. 222
Technical data................................................ 223
General information......................................... 224
Ambient conditions .......................................... 224
Fresh-gas delivery........................................... 225
Fresh-gas delivery (electronically controlled
gas mixer)........................................................ 225
Fresh-gas delivery (mechanically controlled
gas mixer)........................................................ 226

Information about this document
Applicability of these instructions for use
This document applies to products with software

version 2.03 or higher.
Typographical conventions
1 Consecutive numbers indicate steps of action, A Letters in illustrations denote elements

with the numbering restarting with "1" for each referred to in the text.
new sequence of actions.
> The greater-than symbol indicates the naviga-
 Bullet points indicate individual actions or dif- tion path in a dialog window.
ferent options for action.
Bold, italicized text indicates labels on the
– Dashes indicate the listing of data, options, or device and texts that are displayed on the
objects. screen.
(A) Letters in parentheses refer to elements in the
related illustration.
Use of terms
Dräger uses the term "accessories" not only for The product "Perseus A500" is also referred to as
accessories in the sense of IEC 60601-1, but also "Perseus".
for consumables, removable parts, and attached
parts.
Illustrations
Illustrations of products and screen content in this

document may differ from the actual products
depending on configuration and design.

Further documents
The reprocessing of this product is described in

the separate reprocessing instructions supplied
with the product.
Trademarks
Trademarks owned by Dräger The following web page provides a list of the
countries in which the trademarks are registered:
www.draeger.com/trademarks
Trademark
Perseus®
Trademarks owned by third-party
Infinity® manufacturers
D-Vapor®
Trademark Trademark owner
Drägersorb®
Selectatec® Datex-Ohmeda
MEDIBUS®
ServiceConnect® Trademark used Trademark owner
under license
WaterLock®
BIPAP Respironics
Safety information definitions
WARNING CAUTION
A WARNING statement provides important A CAUTION statement provides important
information about a potentially hazardous information about a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could result in situation which, if not avoided, may result in
death or serious injury. minor or moderate injury to the user or patient or
in damage to the medical device or other
property.
NOTE
A NOTE provides additional information intended
to avoid inconvenience during operation.

User group requirements
The term "user group" describes the personnel Where product specific knowledge or tools are
responsible who have been assigned by the required, the service activities must be carried out
operating organization to perform a particular task by specialized service personnel. The specialized
on a product. service personnel was trained by Dräger for these
service activities on this product.
Duties of the operating organization
The operating organization must ensure the

following:
– Every user group has the required
qualifications (e.g., has undergone specialist
training or acquired specialist knowledge
through experience).
– Every user group has been trained to perform
the task.
– Every user group has read and understood the
relevant chapters in this document.
User groups
Clinical users
This user group operates the product in
accordance with the intended use.
Users have medical specialist knowledge in the
field of anesthesia. Users have knowledge of
device monitoring and perioperative care.
Reprocessing personnel
This user group carries out the necessary activities
to reprocess the product.
Reprocessing personnel has specialist knowledge
in the reprocessing of medical devices.
Service personnel
This user group installs the product and performs
the service activities.
Service personnel has specialist knowledge in
electrical and mechanical engineering and
experience in the servicing of medical devices.

For your safety and that of your patients
General safety information ........................... 9

Strictly follow these instructions for use .......... 9
Service ............................................................ 9
Accessories ..................................................... 9
Patient safety................................................... 10
Patient monitoring ........................................... 10
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) .............. 11
Training ........................................................... 11
Keeping the instructions for use ...................... 11
Product-specific safety information ............ 12
Essential performance..................................... 13
Handling Infinity ID components...................... 13

General safety information
The following WARNING and CAUTION Accessories

statements apply to general operation of the
medical device.
WARNING and CAUTION statements specific to WARNING
its subsystems or particular features appear in the
respective sections of these instructions for use or Risk due to incompatible accessories
in the instructions for use of any other product The use of incompatible accessories may
being used with this device. adversely affect the functional integrity of the
product. Personal injury and property
damage may occur as a consequence.
Strictly follow these instructions for use Use only compatible accessories. The
accessories that are compatible with this
WARNING product are listed in the list of accessories
supplied with the product.
Risk of incorrect operation and incorrect use
Any use of the medical device requires full WARNING
understanding and strict observation of all Risk due to faulty accessories
sections of these instructions for use. The
medical device must only be used for the The use of faulty accessories may
purpose specified under "Intended use" (see compromise the functional integrity of the
page 15) and in conjunction with appropriate product. Personal injury and property
patient monitoring (see page 10). Strictly damage may result.
observe all WARNING and CAUTION
Use only accessories that are in good
statements throughout these instructions for
working order.
use and all statements on medical device
labels.
WARNING
Failure to observe these safety information
statements constitutes a use of the medical Risk due to misoperation, incorrect use, or
device that is inconsistent with its intended incorrect reprocessing
use.
Strictly observe the instructions for use of all
accessory parts, e.g.:
– Water traps
Service – Flow sensors
– CLIC adapter
– CLIC absorber
WARNING – Soda lime
Risk if service is not performed regularly – Breathing hoses
– Masks
If service is not performed regularly, – Filter
malfunctions may occur, which can result in – Bronchial suction
personal injury and property damage. – Vaporizer
– Manual resuscitator
Perform the service in accordance with the
– AGSS terminal unit
chapter "Service".

Patient safety
The design of the medical device, the

accompanying documentation, and the labeling on
the medical device are based on the assumption
that the purchase and the use of the medical
device are restricted to persons familiar with the
most important inherent characteristics of the
medical device.
Instructions and WARNING and CAUTION
statements are therefore largely limited to the
specifics of the Dräger medical device.
The instructions for use do not contain any
information on the following points:
– Risks that are obvious to users
– Consequences of obvious improper use of the
medical device
– Potentially negative effects on patients with
different underlying diseases
Medical device modification or misuse can be
dangerous.
Patient monitoring
The user of the medical device is responsible for

choosing suitable monitoring that provides
appropriate information about medical device
performance and the patient's condition.
Patient safety may be achieved by a wide variety
of means ranging from electronic surveillance of
medical device performance and patient condition
to simple, direct observation of clinical signs.
The responsibility for selecting the best level of
patient monitoring lies solely with the user of the
medical device.

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Medical electrical equipment is subject to special

precautionary measures concerning WARNING
electromagnetic compatibility. During installation Risk due to electromagnetic disturbance
and before initial operation, follow the information
in section: "EMC declaration" (page 251). Wireless communication devices (e.g.,
cellular phones) and medical electrical
This device can be affected by other electrical equipment (e.g., defibrillators, electrosurgical
devices. devices) emit electromagnetic radiation.
When such devices are operated too close to
WARNING this device or its cables, the functional
integrity of this device may be compromised
Risk due to electrostatic discharge
by electromagnetic disturbances. As a result,
Malfunctions that endanger the patient may the patient could be put at risk.
occur if no protective measures against – Maintain a distance of at least 0.3 m (1.0 ft)
electrostatic discharge are employed in the between this device and wireless
following situations: communication devices, to ensure that the
– When touching the pins of connectors essential performance of this device is
that carry the ESD warning symbol. fulfilled.
– Maintain an adequate distance between
– When establishing connections with these this device and other medical electrical
connectors. equipment.
To prevent malfunctions, observe the
following measures and train the relevant
personnel: Training
– Observe the ESD protective measures.
Such measures may include wearing User training is offered by the responsible Dräger
antistatic clothing and shoes, touching a organization, see www.draeger.com.
potential equalization pin before and while
making the connection, or using
electrically insulating and antistatic Keeping the instructions for use
gloves.
– Observe the requirements for the
electromagnetic environment. Observe WARNING
the following section: "Electromagnetic Risk of operating errors
environment" (page 251).
The instructions for use must be kept in an
accessible location for users.

Product-specific safety information
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to device failure Risk due to failure of flow measurement
Device failure can compromise the correct Deposits that were not removed during
therapy functionality of the device. reprocessing can damage the measuring
wires in the flow sensor or cause a fire.
To ensure immediate remedial action in case
– Before inserting the flow sensor check for
of device failure, the device may only be
visible damage, soiling, and particles.
operated under permanent supervision of
Repeat this check regularly.
users. Always have a manual resuscitator
– Replace flow sensors when damaged,
ready.
soiled, or not particle-free.
WARNING
CAUTION
Dräger recommends that the user remains in
Risk of crushing
the vicinity of the anesthesia machine, i.e.
within a distance of up to 4 meters (12 feet). Movable device parts or attached components
This facilitates fast recognition and response may cause crushing due to clamping. Pay special
in the event of an alarm. attention to edges, movable parts, and corners
when working with the following components:
WARNING – Column cover
– Breathing system cover
Risk due to modifications – Drawers
– Extensible writing tray
Modifications to the product may lead to – Swivel arms for mounted devices
malfunctions and unforeseen risks. This may – Accessories such as gas cylinders,
result in injury to the patient or the user or in vaporizers, CLIC absorber, and CLIC adapter
property damage.
Do not modify this product. WARNING
Risk due to electromagnetic fields
WARNING
Although the medical device does not exceed
Risk of fire the applicable limiting values for
The flow sensor can ignite medications or electromagnetic fields, such radiation can
other substances based on highly flammable interfere with the functioning of pacemakers.
substances. All wearers of pacemakers should maintain a
– Do not nebulize medications or other distance of at least 25 cm (10 in) between
substances that are easily flammable or pacemaker and medical device.
spray them into the device.
– Do not use substances containing alcohol.
– Do not allow flammable or explosive
substances to enter the breathing system
or the breathing circuit.
– Do not use cyclopropane or ether.

Essential performance
General
– Supply of the anesthesia workstation with O2:
If the O2 supply (central gas supply or gas
cylinder) fails, an alarm is issued.
– Supply of the patient with adequately
oxygenated breathing gas:
If the breathing gas contains insufficient levels
of O2, an alarm is issued.
– Patients are not supplied with excessively high
anesthetic gas concentrations:
If excessively high anesthetic gas
concentrations are delivered, an alarm is
issued.
– Monitoring of the airway pressure:
Alarms are issued depending on the set alarm
limits.
Gas measurement
– Breathing gas monitoring:
Measurement of the gas composition with ISO
accuracy.
– Monitoring of the breathing gas concentrations:
If a set alarm limit is exceeded or the gas
measurement fails, alarms will be issued.
Handling Infinity ID components
Ownership or purchase of this medical device with

RFID technology only includes the right to use the
medical device and RFID technology in
conjunction with products approved by Dräger and
in strict compliance with these instructions for use.
No intellectual property rights or any rights to the
use of the medical device or RFID technology are
hereby granted, either explicitly or implicitly, which
are contrary to the above-mentioned conditions.

Application
Application
Intended use .................................................. 15
Indications/Contraindications ...................... 15
Indications ....................................................... 15
Contraindications............................................. 15
Further information on application .............. 16
Environments of use........................................ 16

Application
Intended use
The Perseus anesthesia workstation is intended Anesthesia is achieved through a mixture of pure
for use in anesthetizing adults, children, and oxygen and Air (medical compressed air) or pure
neonates and can be used for automatic and oxygen and nitrous oxide, with the addition of
manual ventilation, pressure-supported volatile anesthetic agents.
spontaneous breathing, and spontaneous
Ventilation is accomplished on the patient through
breathing.
a laryngeal mask airway, a full-face mask, or an
Perseus is equipped with airway monitoring, gas endotracheal tube.
measurement and device monitoring, O2
The integrated breathing system can be used with
insufflation, and an anesthetic gas receiving
partial rebreathing (low-flow or minimum-flow).
system.
A non-rebreathing system such as the Kuhn or
Medec Water System may be used at the external
fresh-gas outlet (optional).
Indications/Contraindications
Indications – Do not perform low-flow anesthesia on patients

with ketoacidosis or patients under the
Perseus is specified for inhalational anesthesia influence of alcohol. Otherwise, there is a risk
and/or patient ventilation in accordance with the of acetone accumulation in the patient.
intended use during surgical or diagnostic The user is responsible for setting the gas delivery
interventions. and ventilation according to the individual patient
status. Patient status must be continually
monitored for any potential changes.
Contraindications
– Perseus applies medications such as oxygen,

nitrous oxide, or volatile anesthetic agents,
among others. For contraindications to the
applied medications, strictly follow the
instructions for use of the medication.
– Do not use soda lime based on potassium
hydroxide. Otherwise, there is a risk of CO
formation.
– Only use pelletized soda lime. Otherwise, there
is a risk of faulty measurement or faulty
delivery as well as progressive damage to the
breathing system due to dust.
– For patients suspected of malignant
hyperthermia: Do not use any volatile
anesthetic agent or Perseus with residual
concentrations of these gases above 5 ppm.

Application
Further information on application
Environments of use
Perseus is designed for use in rooms in which

therapeutic or diagnostic interventions can be
performed under permanent supervision of users.
WARNING
Risk of explosion and fire
This medical device is neither approved nor
certified for use in areas where oxygen
concentrations greater than 25 Vol%,
combustible or explosive gas mixtures are
likely to occur.
WARNING
Risk of device malfunctions and/or patient
injury and user injury
Magnetic fields can negatively influence the
correct functioning of the medical device and
therefore endanger the patient or user.
Do not use the medical device in rooms
where devices for magnetic field applications
are used (e.g., magnetic resonance imaging).
Also, do not use Perseus in the following

environments:
– Outside buildings
– On intensive care units
– During patient transport
– In vehicles, airplanes, or helicopters

Overview
Overview
Hardware ........................................................ 18
Front (trolley version)....................................... 18
Front (ceiling-mounted version)....................... 19
Screen ............................................................. 19
Plug-in connection with Vapor View option for
up to 3 vaporizers ............................................ 20
Breathing system............................................. 21
Side view from left ........................................... 22
Device column ................................................. 23
Rear (trolley version) ....................................... 24
Rear (ceiling-mounted version) ....................... 26
Interfaces......................................................... 27
Gas inlets......................................................... 28
Hanger yokes (optional) for gas cylinders with
pin-index connections...................................... 29
Auxiliary power sockets (trolley version) ......... 30
Gas mixing unit (electronically controlled) ....... 31
Gas mixing unit (mechanically controlled) ....... 32
Functional scope ........................................... 33
Device versions, options, and accessories...... 33
Gas delivery..................................................... 33
Ventilation modes ............................................ 33
Additional operation modes ............................. 33
Monitoring........................................................ 33
Display on the screen ...................................... 34
Protocoling....................................................... 34
Gas supply....................................................... 34
Gas scavenging............................................... 34
Data exchange, interfaces............................... 35
Gas flow plan ................................................. 36
Breathing system............................................. 36
Gas supply (electronically controlled gas
mixer)............................................................... 37
Gas supply (mechanically controlled gas
mixer)............................................................... 38

Overview
Hardware
Front (trolley version)
10335
A
M B
L C
K
D
J
I E
H
F
G
A Screen with integrated workplace illumination M Plug-in connector with Vapor View option for up
B Gas mixing unit (electronically controlled gas to 3 vaporizers (the version for 2 vaporizers is
mixer shown here) shown here)
C Work surface
D Drawer or pull-out writing tray with lockable
compartment (optional)
E Central brake
F Castors with central brake
G Footrest
H Trolley
I Anesthetic gas receiving system with flow
indicator
J CO2 absorber
K APL valve
L External fresh-gas outlet (optional)

Overview
Front (ceiling-mounted version)
Differences from the trolley version:
18909
A
C
D
A Remote control for controlling and positioning D Device column without trolley
the ceiling supply unit (functions dependent on Although the remote control and the safety sensor
the type of the ceiling supply unit) are mounted on Perseus, from an electrotechnical
B Lockable drawer (optional) point of view they are part of the connected ceiling
C Safety sensor supply unit. The safety sensor functions with any
ceiling supply unit.
Screen
A Touchscreen to call up functions or dialog

10340
windows
B Audio paused key to suppress the alarm
tones of all active alarms for 2 minutes
C Rotary knob with background illumination to
A select and confirm settings
D Key for switching the workplace
illumination on and off and dimming the
illumination intensity in 3 steps (dark, medium,
and bright)
E D
C B E Key for turning the device on or off

Overview
Plug-in connection with Vapor View option for up to 3 vaporizers
The version for 2 vaporizers is shown here:
10397
B
A Sensor unit
B Illumination unit

Overview
Breathing system
A B C D E F G
10370
H
K J
A Water trap with connection for sample line E Bag elbow with circuit plug, e.g., to seal the
B Pressure gauge (optional) for indicating the Y-piece during an automatic test
pressure in the internal breathing system F APL valve
The pressure in the internal breathing system G Expiratory port
is also indicated on the status display, see (G)
on page 31 and (H) on page 32. H Breathing system cover
I Holder, e.g., for breathing bag hose
WARNING
J CO2 absorber
Pressure gauge indication possibly K Anesthetic gas receiving system
inaccurate
Always compare the pressures indicated on
the pressure gauge with those on the status
display. Only use the pressure gauge as the
primary source of information if the pressure
indicator on the status display has failed.
C Collecting channel
D Inspiratory port

Overview
Side view from left
10337
C A
A GCX rail for mounting additional workstation

components
B Strain relief for AGS hose, adjustable height
C External fresh-gas outlet (optional)

Overview
Device column
The following illustration shows the left side of the

device:
10369
A
F B
E
D
C
A Column cover
B GCX rail
C Recesses for cables which lead e.g., into the
device arms
D Screw for closing the cable channel lid
E Tabs to hold the cable
F Cable channel
On the ceiling-mounted version, there is a
compartment located under the column cover for
stowing accessories, e.g., a cable.

Overview
Rear (trolley version)
Version with screw connections for gas cylinders
10336
A
H
A A
G C
F
D D
E E
A Mounting rail
B Gas inlets
C Strain relief for compressed gas hose
(available for the trolley version only)
D Connection for optional pole (38 mm)
E Castor with castor brake
F Gas cylinder holders (optional) with
hook-and-loop strap
G Interfaces
H Rating plate

Overview
Version with hanger yokes for gas cylinders with pin-index connections (optional)
20406
A
H
B
A A
C
G
D D
E E
A Mounting rail
B Gas inlets
C Strain relief for compressed gas hose
(only available for the trolley version shown
here or in combination with the flexibility trolley)
D Connection for optional pole (38 mm)
E Castor with castor brake
F Gas cylinder holders (optional) with hook-and-
loop strap
G Interfaces
H Rating plate

Overview
Rear (ceiling-mounted version)
Differences from the trolley version:
18956
A
A Mounting interface for docking to the ceiling

supply unit

Overview
Interfaces
10367
A B C D E
G F
A Main switch
B Serial interfaces (COM 1 and COM 2)
C USB interface
D Network interface
E Interface for workstation light (optional)
F IEC connector (socket for power cable)
G Potential equalization pin
H Collecting channel

Overview
Gas inlets
10338
A
C B
A Connections for gas pressure measurement for

gas cylinders (optional)
B Connections for central gas supply
(N2O optional)
C Connections for external gas cylinders
(optional)
D Advanced Cylinder Support label (if present)

Overview
Hanger yokes (optional) for gas cylinders with pin-index connections
20405
C
A Hanger yokes (optional) for gas cylinders with

pin-index connections
B Wrench for opening and closing the gas
cylinder valves
C Advanced Cylinder Support label (if present)

Overview
Auxiliary power sockets (trolley version)
View with column cover removed:
10368
A B
C
A Auxiliary power sockets, depending on
equipment variant
B Isolation transformer switch (optional)
C Circuit breakers or fuses, depending on
equipment variant

Overview
Gas mixing unit (electronically controlled)
10339
I J
A
H
G B
F
E D C
A Status display
WARNING
B O2 flowmeter (for O2 insufflation Aux. O2 and
emergency O2 delivery Add. O2) Risk of mix-up due to deviating arrangement
C Current time or time for Auto On In certain countries, the arrangement of the
D O2 switch (for switching between O2 gases on the status display may differ from
insufflation Aux. O2 and emergency O2 the arrangement of the flow tubes depicted
delivery Add. O2) on the screen.
E Outlet for O2 insufflation, e.g., for nasal Always pay attention to the respective
cannula labeling.
F Symbol for programmed Auto On
Explanation of the symbols which may be
G Display of pressure in the internal breathing displayed, see page 277.
system, see page 21
H O2+ key (O2 flush)
I Symbols for mains power supply and power
supply from internal battery
J Symbols for gas supply (O2, Air, N2O) through
central supply and gas cylinders

Overview
Gas mixing unit (mechanically controlled)
20305
J K L
A
I
H B
L L L
G min min min
E D C
A Status display
B O2 flowmeter (for O2 insufflation Aux. O2)
C Outlet for O2 insufflation, e.g., for nasal
cannula
D Flow control valves for fresh gas (O2, Air, N2O)
E Total flow tube for fresh gas
F Display of the set fresh-gas flows
G Symbols for gas supply (O2, Air, N2O) from
central supply and gas cylinders
H Display of pressure in the internal breathing
system, see page 21
I O2+ key (O2 flush)
J Symbols for mains power supply and power
supply from internal battery
K Symbol for programmed Auto On
L Current time or time for Auto On
Explanation of the symbols which may be
displayed, see page 277.

Overview
Functional scope
Device versions, options, and Ventilation modes

accessories
– Manual / Spontaneous
Some functions are optional and differ from the On selection: CPAP (optional)
individual device configuration. Not all device – CPAP / PSV (optional)
versions or options are available worldwide.
– PC - CMV
Perseus is intended for use with the options and – PC - BIPAP
accessories listed in the associated list of
accessories. – PC - BIPAP / PS (optional)
– PC - APRV (optional)
– VC - CMV
Gas delivery
– VC - SIMV
Perseus can deliver mixtures of medical gases to – VC - SIMV / PS (optional)
which an anesthetic agent is added by means of a – VC - CMV / AutoFlow
vaporizer:
– VC - SIMV / AutoFlow
– VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow (optional)
Usable gas mixtures (electronically controlled
gas mixer) For a detailed description of the ventilation modes
and the additional settings, see page 258.
– O2/Air
– O2/N2O (optional)
Additional operation modes
Usable gas mixtures (mechanically controlled
gas mixer) – External fresh-gas outlet (optional)
– Pause (optional)
– O2/Air/N2O
– Monitoring
Usable anesthetic agents

– Halothane Monitoring
– Enflurane
Perseus can monitor the following:
– Isoflurane
– Airway pressure
– Sevoflurane
– Minute volume
– Desflurane
– Inspiratory tidal volume
– Inspiratory anesthetic gas concentration
– Inspiratory O2 concentration
– Inspiratory and expiratory CO2 concentrations
– Apnea (pressure, flow, and CO2)
– Occurrence of anesthetic gas mixtures
– Degree of filling of the breathing bag

Overview
Display on the screen Gas supply
Perseus can display the following: Gas supply variants

– Waveforms
Central gas Gas cylinder connec-
– Graphical trends Gas
supply tion with
– Numeric trends permanently mounted
– Loops Dräger pressure
reducer (optional)
– Alarm history or
O2
– Logbook Yes third-party pressure
– Numeric parameters reducer (via country-
specific NIST or DISS
– Prediction of the FiO2 concentration (optional) connection)
– Prediction of the anesthetic gas concentration Air permanently mounted
(optional) Dräger pressure
– Pre-configured lists for measured values and N2O Yes (optional) reducer (optional)
set values
Gas scavenging
Protocoling
Gas scavenging is conducted through the
Among other things, Perseus can save the integrated anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS).
following data in a logbook: The particle filter it contains filters the ambient air.
– Measured values This ensures the display accuracy of the flow
indicator.
– Set values and their changes
– Patient data
– Ventilation modes
– Events (e.g., alarms, confirmed alarms, switch-
on time and switch-off time)
– Test results
– Gas consumption and anesthetic agent
consumption

Overview
Data exchange, interfaces
Serial interfaces
Two serial interfaces, COM 1 and COM 2, are
provided for data communication using the
Dräger MEDIBUS data protocol.
USB interface
After a Dräger USB flash drive is connected, a
USB interface enables, e.g., the following actions:
– Saving screen content as screenshot
– Saving and loading device configurations
– Saving system test results or protocols (partly
optional) as text file
Network interface
If a corresponding service contract has been
obtained, the Dräger RemoteService function can
be executed via a network connection and the
hospital network.
Perseus can be connected to the
Dräger ServiceConnect Gateway or a
DrägerService computer.
If the connected network offers an NTP service,
the time on the device can be synchronized with
the time on the NTP server.
For more information, see "Connections to IT
networks" on page 253.
Infinity ID accessory support

– Exchange interval monitoring
– Anti-interchange security for breathing hoses
For more information, see page 269.

Overview
Gas flow plan
Breathing system
20412
H
L
J
M
G
N
E I
F O
C B P
A
A Gas supply from gas mixer N Breathing bag
B Inspiratory pressure measurement O CO2 absorber
C Inspiratory valve P Blower module TurboVent 2
D Inspiratory flow sensor
E Expiratory flow sensor
F Patient
G Expiratory pressure measurement
H Patient gas measurement module
I Expiratory valve
J PEEP/Pmax valve
K APL valve
L Anesthetic gas receiving system
M Changeover between automatic ventilation and
Manual / Spontaneous

Overview
Gas supply (electronically controlled gas mixer)
20413
H I
G
F Add. O2 A
D
C E
Aux. O2
B
A Gas supply (central supply or gas cylinders)

B Gas mixer
C Vaporizer
D O2 flowmeter
E O2 switch
F O2 flush
G Switch-over valve
H Breathing system
I External fresh-gas outlet (optional)

Overview
Gas supply (mechanically controlled gas mixer)
20414
G
Aux. O2
H
F A
E
D
C
A Gas supply (central supply or gas cylinders)

B Flow control valves
C Minimum O2 delivery
D Total flow tube
E Vaporizer
F O2 flush
G O2 flowmeter
H Breathing system

Operating concept
Operating concept
Screen............................................................. 40
Main screen ..................................................... 40
Therapy bar ..................................................... 40
Dialog windows................................................ 41
Quick setup window......................................... 41
Color concept ................................................ 42
Colors of the control elements......................... 42
Waveforms and parameters ............................ 42
Color coding for anesthetic agents and medical
gases ............................................................... 43
Day and night colors........................................ 43
Selecting and setting..................................... 43
Setting of parameters ...................................... 43
Canceling the setting procedure or the change
procedure ........................................................ 43
Activation of buttons ........................................ 43
Operating the flow control valves .................... 44
Remote control for the ceiling-mounted
version (combination with Dräger ceiling
supply units) .................................................. 44
Releasing the locking brakes........................... 44
Height adjustment............................................ 45
Status display .................................................. 45
Safety sensor ................................................. 45

Operating concept
Screen
Main screen C Main menu bar

The main menu bar contains permanently
The main screen displays the most important assigned buttons to open dialog windows and
information regarding anesthesia and ventilation. activate functions.
These buttons are assigned to various groups.
A
10398
1:35
Touching a button opens the corresponding dialog
window with the same name or activates the
corresponding function.
B For more information, see page 282.
C D Therapy bar
The ventilation settings can be adjusted in the
therapy bar.
Electronically controlled gas mixer:
– Tabs for selecting ventilation mode
D
– Therapy controls for ventilation parameters
A Header bar – Therapy controls for fresh-gas delivery
The header bar contains the following fields: Mechanically controlled gas mixer:
– Patient category – Tabs for selecting ventilation mode
– Patient data – Therapy controls for ventilation parameters
– System information (date, time, device
name)
– Alarms, messages, and instructions for the Therapy bar
user, see page 191
– Information regarding temporarily The illustration shows the expanded therapy bar
deactivated alarms for the electronically controlled gas mixer:
B Monitoring area
A D E
10404
The following information is displayed in the B

monitoring area:
– Gas measurement C
– Waveforms
F E
– Parameter fields
– Loops (Pressure-Volume and Flow-
A Name of active ventilation mode
Volume)
– Mini-trends B Tabs
– Virtual flow tubes C Therapy controls
– Prediction for anesthetic agents or FiO2 D Message field for information
(optional) E Buttons to expand and shrink the therapy bar.
Information regarding configurable fields, see F Field with additional information:
page 173.
– Additional and calculated set values
– Spontaneous breathing activity of the
patient

Operating concept
Start values Dialog windows

Arrows on the scales of the therapy controls
mark the values resulting from the patient data and Dialog windows consist of one or several pages
start settings. The start values can be configured, which are displayed by touching the corresponding
see page 150. horizontal or vertical tab.
A D
10401
Linked therapy controls B
Certain parameters can be linked to other C
parameters. If one parameter is changed, the
linked parameter is also selected and changed.
Among other things, this applies to the adjustment
of ventilation pressures, ventilation times or during
electronically controlled fresh-gas delivery.
Example: The device can be configured so that a A Dialog window title
change to the PEEP setting automatically causes
a change to Pinsp; as a result, the difference B Horizontal tab to open a page
between PEEP and Pinsp and therefore the tidal C Vertical tab to open subordinate structures
volume remain constant.
D Button for closing the dialog window
Linking therapy controls, see page 162.
Additional information Quick setup window

Some settable parameters may be limited or be The Quick setup window is a context-sensitive
mutually restricted so that certain combinations of dialog window. Depending on the selected
therapy settings are not possible, e.g., Ti 6.9 s at parameter field or waveform, it contains various
RR 100 /min. setting possibilities, e.g., for limits, scale, or
If a condition is reached in which a parameter content.
cannot be changed any more, Perseus displays a
Quick setup
10402
corresponding message in the message field (D).
This window can be opened by touching the

corresponding parameter field in the monitoring
area. In the event of an alarm, the window can be
opened automatically, see page 155.

Operating concept
Color concept
Colors of the control elements Rotary knob
10342
The availability of functions and settings is
indicated by certain colors of the therapy controls,
of the therapy bar, and in dialog windows.
Therapy controls and buttons
Color Example Meaning

Dark green Available ele-
ment: The rotary knob lights with different colors.
function acti-
vated Color Meaning
Blue Therapy in progress
Yellow Selected ele- Orange A selected function or setting
ment: must be confirmed.
not yet con- Flashing Functions or settings, which are
firmed with orange still not confirmed, will be reset
rotary knob within the next 5 seconds.
Light green Available ele-

ment: Waveforms and parameters
function not
activated
Waveforms for mechanical breaths are displayed
in the colors specified in the start settings, see
page 151.
Dark gray Operating ele-
ment: In the flow waveform, spontaneous breathing and
currently not pressure support are displayed in a light brown
available, func- color.
tion activated Measured values whose specified accuracy
cannot be maintained are displayed in dark gray.
Gray Unavailable
element

Operating concept
Color coding for anesthetic agents and Day and night colors
medical gases
There are 3 color schemes that can be selected:
Standardized color coding complying with – Day light
ISO 5359 / ISO 32 / ISO 5360 is used to identify
– Day dark
anesthetic agents and medical gases.
– Night
The colors for O2, Air, and N2O are adapted to
locally applicable standards. Setting the color schemes, see page 108.
Selecting and setting
Setting of parameters Canceling the setting procedure or the

change procedure
Each of these settings requires confirmation by
pressing the rotary knob. If a change to a parameter should be canceled
1 Select (color is still yellow), the following options exist to
Touch the operation element (A). The color retain the previous setting:
turns yellow. For therapy controls, the unit of  Touch the changed parameter again. This
the parameter to be set is displayed. resets the selection of and the change to the
parameter.
10434
 Select another parameter. This selection resets

the change to the other parameter.
A  Do not press the rotary knob. After 15 seconds,
the change is reset and signal tones sound
during the last 5 seconds (timeout).
2 Set
Turn the rotary knob to set the value. For some
therapy controls, faster turning raises the
increment width. Activation of buttons
3 Confirm
Press the rotary knob to confirm the value. The Some buttons are immediately active without
color of the operating element changes to additional confirmation. The color immediately
green. turns to dark green.
In the following chapters of this document, this Examples:

sequence of action is represented by simplified – Selecting a view
explanations:
– Deactivating the CO2 alarms.
– "Set the value."
Or
– "Touch the button."

Operating concept
Operating the flow control valves Closing the flow control valve
 Turn the flow control valve clockwise to the end
The flow control valves of the mechanically stop.
controlled gas mixer and the O2 flowmeter are
operated as follows: In the subsequent chapters of this document, the
following is represented by simplified explanations:
Opening the flow control valve – "Open the flow control valve."
– "Close the flow control valve."
 Turn the flow control valve counterclockwise.
Remote control for the ceiling-mounted version (combination with

Dräger ceiling supply units)
The remote control controls the following functions
18959
of the ceiling supply unit:
– Releasing the locking brakes for repositioning
– Height adjustment A
The keys on the control panel on the media
column of the respective ceiling supply unit can B
also be used for this purpose.
E
WARNING
Risk of operating errors and incorrect use C
Strictly follow the instructions for use for the D
WARNING
Risk of injury or material damage
When the medical device is docked to the
ceiling supply unit, unintentional movement
of the device may trap persons or objects
and, in the case of persons, cause crushing Releasing the locking brakes
injuries.
– Take particular care when moving the
Function of the keys on double-arm ceiling supply
medical device.
units:
– Prevent accidental activation of the
remote control, e.g., by objects. A Key (green) to release the brake on the ceiling
bearing
B Key (blue) to release the brake on the
intermediate bearing

Operating concept
Function of the keys on single-arm ceiling supply Status display

units:
A Key (green) has no function. E LEDs for status indication
B Key (blue) to release the brake on the ceiling
bearing Indication Meaning
 Keep key (A) or (B) pressed while Green LED lights. The remote control is con-
simultaneously moving the arm system and nected to the ceiling supply
Perseus. unit and is ready for use.
Depending on the software of the ceiling supply

Height adjustment unit, the following status conditions may be
indicated:
Prerequisite: Remote control is connected to the
ceiling supply unit. Indication Meaning
Green LED flashing. The control system of the
C Up arrow key for lifting the ceiling supply unit ceiling supply unit has a
D Down arrow key for lowering the ceiling sup- malfunction.
ply unit Red LED lights. The mechanical connection
between Perseus and the
 Keep key (C) or (D) pressed and then release it ceiling supply unit is not
when the ceiling supply unit has reached the working properly.
desired position.
Safety sensor
The ceiling-mounted version of Perseus is fitted

with a safety sensor, see page 19.
The safety sensor is triggered by resistance from
below, e.g., as a result of obstacles such as
objects or persons. When the safety sensor is
triggered, lowering of the ceiling supply unit is
stopped.
To continue lowering the ceiling supply unit after
the safety sensor has triggered, perform the
following steps:
1 Briefly lift the anesthesia machine using the
2 Make sure that no obstacles are present.

Assembly and preparation
Perseus as a ceiling-mounted version ........ 47 Observing resistance and compliance ............ 72

Prerequisites and notes................................... 47 Connecting a non-rebreathing system
Combination with Dräger ceiling supply units.. 47 (optional) ......................................................... 74
Combination with other ceiling supply units .... 48
Connecting or exchanging consumables.... 76
Flexibility trolley for ceiling-mounted version ... 48
Single-use CO2 absorber ................................ 76
Mounting of accessories .............................. 49 Reusable CO2 absorber .................................. 76
Safety information ........................................... 49 Water trap........................................................ 77
Mounting on the sides of the device column ... 49 Connecting the sample line ............................. 78
Mounting on the mounting rails ....................... 50
Special features of the ceiling-mounted version
........................................................................ 50
Before first operation .................................... 52
Establishing the mains power supply .............. 52
Charging the battery........................................ 53
Connecting additional devices to the auxiliary
power sockets ................................................. 53
Establishing potential equalization .................. 54
Connecting devices or computers to the data
interfaces......................................................... 54
Intrahospital transport .................................. 56
Increasing the tipping stability during transport 56
Parking the medical device ............................. 57
Visual inspection after transport ...................... 57
Establishing the gas supply ......................... 57
Central gas supply........................................... 58
Connecting the gas cylinders .......................... 58
Fitting the vaporizers ....................................... 61
Ensuring the gas scavenging....................... 62
Preparation for a day of operations / after

reprocessing .................................................. 63
Assembling the breathing system ................... 63
Inserting the breathing system ........................ 66
Mounting the flexible arm (optional) or the bag
elbow ............................................................... 67
Selecting and connecting patient-specific
accessories .................................................... 67
Safety information ........................................... 67
Fitting the breathing circuit and the filters........ 68
Breathing bag .................................................. 71

Perseus as a ceiling-mounted version
Prerequisites and notes Combination with Dräger ceiling supply

units
Docking and undocking
Perseus may only be docked to a ceiling supply Keyswitch
unit by service personnel. When docking and The ceiling supply unit must be set up for operation
undocking, observe the instructions for use of the with Perseus. Located on the media column there
ceiling supply unit and the service cart. is a keyswitch with the following setting positions:
A Operation ofPerseus or Atlan
WARNING
B Docking and undocking of Perseus or Atlan
Risk of injury or damage to the device
C Docking, undocking, and operation of other
Safety functions on the Dräger ceiling supply Dräger devices
unit can be temporarily disabled with the
keyswitch. The keyswitch can be marked with 2 different
product labels.
After the device has been docked or
undocked by service personnel, make sure Product label 1:
that the key is not left in the keyswitch but
19087
instead is kept in a secure place.
Establishing the cable connection between

Perseus and the ceiling supply unit
WARNING
A B
Risk of injury
If the cable connection between Perseus and
the ceiling supply unit is not established, the
safety sensor will be inoperative.
Before using Perseus, make sure that the C
cable connection has been established.
 Establish the cable connection between

Perseus and the ceiling supply unit.
 Observe the instructions for use of the ceiling
supply unit.

Product label 2: Combination with other ceiling supply

units
45125
Perseus can be used with ceiling supply units from
other manufacturers. In this case, a special kit (see
list of accessories) is required. The ceiling supply
unit must be prepared before Perseus can be
mounted.
A B Dräger will provide the manufacturer of the ceiling
supply unit with the document "Perseus A500
anesthesia workstation - ceiling-mounted version -
interface description for ceiling supply units". The
instructions in this document must be followed
during construction.
C
Flexibility trolley for ceiling-mounted

version
 Make sure that the keyswitch on the ceiling The ceiling-mounted version of Perseus can be
supply unit is in position (A). Contact service mounted on a flexibility trolley and can then be
personnel if necessary. used as a trolley version.
When Perseus is mounted on the flexibility trolley,
WARNING the remote control is inoperative and the safety
sensor is disabled.
Risk of injury
Information on attaching accessories to Perseus
If the ceiling supply unit has not been set up on the flexibility trolley can be found in the chapter
for operation with Perseus or the keyswitch is "Mounting of accessories".
in an incorrect setting position, the safety
sensor will be inoperative.
Only operate Perseus with ceiling supply
units that have been set up for Perseus and
have the keyswitch in the correct setting
position. If necessary, contact service
personnel for clarification and specialized
service personnel if the keyswitch is faulty.

Mounting of accessories
Information on mounting accessories is described Note the following information in addition:

in the assembly instructions. – If more than one arm is installed on a device
side, the weights or arm lengths must be
reduced. Do not exceed the maximum tilting
Safety information moment.
– Maximum weight on the right side of the
CAUTION device: 35 kg (77 lbs)
– Maximum weight on the left side of the device:
Risk of tipping over
– Versions with plug-in connections for
When support arms are used, the end stops must 2 vaporizers: 25 kg (55 lbs)
be in perfect condition. Otherwise there is a risk – Versions with plug-in connections for
that the support arms will swing out of control. 3 vaporizers: 15 kg (33 lbs)
Check the functional integrity of the support arm – Maximum installation height: 1400 mm
end stops after the following activities: (55.1 in)
– After fitting accessories
– After transporting the device The maximum tilting moment is calculated based
on the following equation:
Variants with plug-in connections for 2 vaporizers:

Mounting on the sides of the device
One attached P= (A * B) <8500 mm*kg
column component: (<738 in*lbs)
Depending on the arm length, the following Multiple attached P1 + P2 + P... <8500 mm*kg
maximum weights are permissible: components: (<738 in*lbs)
Maximum weight Versions with plug-in connections for 3 vaporizers:
Arm Version with Version with One attached P= (A * B) <5000 mm*kg

length plug-in connec- plug-in connec- component: (<434 in*lbs)
tions for 2 tions for 3 Multiple attached P1 + P2 + P... <5000 mm*kg
vaporizers vaporizers components: (<434 in*lbs)
215 mm 20 kg 13.5 kg
(8.5 in) (44 lbs) (29.8 lbs) Explanation:
300 mm 15 kg 8.5 kg A: Distance (including arm length) to outer edge
(11.8 in) (33 lbs) (18.7 lbs) of the attached component
400 mm 15 kg 8.5 kg B: Arm weight (B1) + weight of attached compo-
(15.7 in) (33 lbs) (18.7 lbs) nent (B2)
570 mm 15 kg 8.5 kg P: Product of distance and weight
(22.4 in) (33 lbs) (18.7 lbs)

Mounting on the mounting rails
23537
Depending on the position of the mounting rail, the
following weights are permissible:
B2 Position Maximum weight
On the side of the work- 10 kg
ing surface (22 lbs)
At the top on the rear of 2.5 kg
B1 the device (5.5 lbs)
WARNING
A Risk of tipping over
If the weight of the mounted accessories
exceeds the permissible maximum weight,
Example of a permissible configuration: the medical device may tip over.
Observe the maximum weight per arm.
Maximum Arm weight Weight of the
length attached com-
ponent WARNING
400 mm 4 kg 5 kg Risk of tipping over
(15.7 in) (8.8 lbs) (11 lbs)
If the weight of the accessories is unevenly
300 mm 3 kg 12 kg distributed about the device, the medical
(11.8 in) (6.6 lbs) (26.5 lbs) device may tip over.
Distribute the weight evenly.
P1= 400 mm * (4 kg + 5 kg) = 3600 mm*kg
(P1=15.7 in * (8.8 lbs + 11 lbs) = 310.9 in*lbs)
P2= 300 mm * (3 kg + 12 kg) = 4500 mm*kg Special features of the ceiling-mounted
(P2= 11.8 in * (6.6 lbs + 26.5 lbs) = 390.6 in*lbs)
version
3600 mm*kg + 4500 mm*kg = 8100 mm*kg
(310.9 in*lbs + 390.6 in*lbs = 701.5 in*lbs)
WARNING
8100 mm*kg < 8500 mm*kg
(701.5 in*lbs < 738 in*lbs) Risk of tipping over
If a combination of arms on one device side If the ceiling-mounted version has been
exceeds the value of 8500 mm*kg (738 in*lbs), placed on the flexibility trolley or the service
tipping stability as per IEC 60601-1 is no longer cart, the information for fitting the
given. Check the tilting stability. accessories still applies as for the ceiling-
mounted version.
– Pay attention to the maximum weight of
the accessories.
– Pay attention to the distribution of the
weight.

CAUTION WARNING
Risk of injury or material damage Risk of injury or material damage
If an accessory is fitted to Perseus which projects If Perseus is mounted on a flexibility trolley
below the lowest point of the anesthesia and additional devices have been attached, it
workstation, the accessory may strike objects or is possible that the maximum load capacity
persons when the ceiling supply unit is lowered. will be exceeded when Perseus is coupled to
the ceiling supply unit again.
Only fit accessories that maintain a distance of at
– Observe the maximum load capacity of the
least 12 cm (4.7 in) from the floor when the
anesthesia workstation is lowered to its lowest
– Use only those combinations of patient
point.
monitoring and accessories that are
permissible for the ceiling-mounted
The total weight of all accessory parts that are version of Perseus.
fastened to standard rails or are placed on the – Observe the maximum weights and tilting
shelves must not exceed 20 kg (44 lbs). moments.
Additionally, all product labels regarding the
maximum load that are attached to standard rails,
shelves, and ceiling supply units must be
observed.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the device
If the maximum load capacity of the ceiling
supply unit is exceeded, the load cannot be
supported.
Refer to the instructions for use of the ceiling
supply unit and observe the maximum load
capacity.
WARNING
Risk of injury or material damage
If Perseus is not properly mounted on the
flexibility trolley or is being dismounted from
it, the trolley may tip over or Perseus may fall
off.
The mechanical coupling and uncoupling of
Perseus and the flexibility trolley must only
be performed by specialized service
personnel.

Before first operation
NOTE
20095
Prior to initial commissioning, the breathing
system and blower module TurboVent 2 must be
reprocessed. Carry out the reprocessing as
described in the reprocessing instructions
supplied with the product.
Establishing the mains power supply

A
The mains voltage must correspond to the voltage
range indicated by the rating plate on the rear of
the device.
WARNING
3 Pass the power cable around the lower lug (A)
Risk due to incorrect mains voltage or for strain relief.
missing protective ground
WARNING
If the device is connected to a power socket
with incorrect mains voltage or a power Risk of electrical overload
socket without a protective ground, an
electric shock may occur. If the device is connected to additional power
socket strips, this may lead to increased
Connect the device only to power sockets leakage current. The leakage current may
with correct mains voltage and a protective exceed the permissible values.
ground. – Do not connect the device to additional
power socket strips.
NOTE – Do not connect additional power socket
strips to the auxiliary power sockets under
The mains plug must be readily accessible so the column covering.
that the power supply to Perseus can be
interrupted quickly in the event of a device 4 Plug the power cable into the mains power
failure. socket on the wall.
5 Check the displays for mains voltage and
1 Connect the power cable to the device and
battery on the status display.
secure it.
6 Set the main switch to position I, see page 27.
2 Lay the power cable in the cable conduit on the
right side of the device.

Charging the battery Make sure that the maximum power consumption
of additional devices does not exceed permissible
The internal batteries are automatically charged by values.
the mains power supply.
WARNING
WARNING Risk of fire
Risk of device malfunction Sources of ignition such as electrosurgical
If the batteries are not sufficiently charged, it equipment, laser surgical equipment, sparks,
may not be possible to maintain operation for damaged cables, or damaged plugs can
long enough if the mains power supply fails. cause fires in combination with oxygen or
nitrous oxide. As a result, the patient or user
Before first operation or after storage, charge may be at risk.
the batteries for at least 8 hours. – Maintain a distance of at least 200 mm
(7.9 in) between electrical connections
and components which conduct oxygen
WARNING and nitrous oxide.
Risk due to reduced power supply from the – Cables and connections must be
internal battery sufficiently insulated and must not be
damaged. Check cables for damage daily.
Batteries are wear parts. The capacity of the – Do not allow the device to come into
battery diminishes with the period of use. contact with sources of ignition.
Check the functional capability of the battery
by performing regular inspections. WARNING
Risk of electric shock
WARNING
The connection of devices to auxiliary power
Risk of patient injury sockets can lead to an increased leakage
current. If the protective ground of one of
If Perseus is operated or connected to the these devices fails, the leakage current may
mains power supply at ambient temperatures rise above the permissible values. Only
above 35 °C (95 °F), the battery cannot be connect devices with the permission of the
charged properly. The power supply out of respective manufacturer. Have the leakage
the battery may be limited. current checked by service personnel.
Do not expose the device to temperatures If the permissible value is exceeded, use a
above 35 °C (95 °F) on a permanent basis. mains power socket on a wall instead of the
auxiliary power socket of the device.
Connecting additional devices to the

auxiliary power sockets
Perseus is equipped with auxiliary power sockets

and circuit breakers or fuses under the column
covering, see page 30.
1 Connect the power cable of the additional
device to an auxiliary power socket.
2 For Perseus with isolation transformer:
Switch on the power for the isolation
transformer and the auxiliary power sockets
using the isolation transformer switch.

WARNING
Establishing potential equalization
Risk of electric shock and of device Differences in electrical potential between devices
malfunction can be reduced by potential equalization.
Any connected devices or device Potential equalization does not replace the
combinations not complying with the protective ground connection.
requirements in these instructions for use
may compromise correct functioning of the During operation, the potential equalization
medical device. connectors must be readily accessible and must
– Do not connect high-frequency surgery be removable without tools.
equipment to the auxiliary power sockets
of the anesthesia machine. Connecting the potential equalization cable
– Before using the medical device, refer to
and strictly comply with the instructions 1 Connect the potential equalization cable to the
for use of all connected devices and potential equalization pin on the device.
device combinations. 2 Connect the potential equalization cable to a
potential equalization connector of the hospital
WARNING (e.g., wall, ceiling supply unit, operating table).
Risk of electrical shock due to penetration of

fluids
Connecting devices or computers to the
When the device is connected to the mains data interfaces
power supply, the auxiliary power sockets
underneath the column cover receive current.
This device is equipped with data interfaces such
– Reattach the column cover correctly after
as RS232, LAN, and USB. These interfaces can
additional devices have been connected
be used to set up a network in accordance with
to the auxiliary power sockets.
IEC 60601-1.
– Only use the device with the column cover
closed.
WARNING
WARNING Risk of electric shock
Risk of fire If USB devices with their own power supply

are used, the patient leakage current may
Components such as power supply units increase.
which are connected to the auxiliary power – Only use USB devices that do not have
sockets on Perseus become warm during their own power supply.
operation. If these components are placed – Do not connect USB devices by means of
under the column cover, they may overheat. charger cables.
Do not place components that become warm
under the column cover.

Establishing a data connection

WARNING
 Connect the device to a network or a computer.
See page 27 for a picture of the interfaces.
Only connect devices to the serial interfaces,
or devices and networks to the network Only use the cables from the list of accessories.
interface, which have a maximum nominal For further information on configuring the
voltage of 24 Vdc and meet one of the respective interface, see page 168.
following standards:
– IEC 60950-1 / IEC 62368-1: ungrounded
SELV circuits
– IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): touchable
secondary circuits
WARNING
Connecting devices to the serial data
interfaces can lead to an increased leakage
current. If the protective ground connector of
one of these devices fails, the patient leakage
current may rise above the permissible
values.
– Have the leakage current checked by
service personnel.
– If the permissible value is exceeded,
disconnect the devices from the serial
interfaces.
– Do not touch the connectors of the
interfaces and the patient simultaneously.
WARNING
Risk due to impermissible data connections
The impermissible use of data interfaces can
result in new hazards.
– Only make connections to data interfaces
with permission from the responsible
organization (IT representative and the
hospital equipment officer).
– Follow the information in the chapter
"Connections to IT networks".

Intrahospital transport
Transport comprises any movement of a medical

device that does not serve solely for positioning. CAUTION
Risk of tipping over
WARNING
When support arms are used, the end stops must
Risk of damage to the pressure reducers be in perfect condition. Otherwise there is a risk
that the support arms will swing out of control.
If the device collides with an obstacle during
transport, the pressure reducers may be Check the functional integrity of the support arm
damaged. end stops after the following activities:
– Align the pressure reducers so that they – After fitting accessories
are protected from collisions during – After transporting the device
transport.
– Before transporting, close the valves on The Perseus ceiling-mounted version can be
the gas cylinders. transported on the service cart for servicing
purposes.
WARNING Observe the following section: "Transport for
maintenance purposes" (page 216)
Risk of tipping over during transport
The medical device may tip over if handled
incorrectly. Increasing the tipping stability during
– The medical device may only be moved by transport
people who have the physical ability to do
so. 1 Carefully fold the holding arm with any
– Dräger recommends that the medical mounted equipment against the device, e.g.,
device always be transported by two patient monitoring, data management systems,
people. This improves maneuverability. and syringe pumps. When folded in, these
When transporting over inclines, around components should not project beyond the
corners, or over thresholds (e.g., through mounting rails if possible.
doors or in elevators), make sure that the
medical device does not bump against 2 Remove loose objects from the attached arms
anything. Do not pull the medical device and the shelves.
over hoses, cables, or other obstacles 3 Remove the heavy objects of more than 8 kg
lying on the floor. from the mounting rails, e.g., the vaporizers.
– Do not activate the central brake while the
4 Clear the writing tray and slide it completely
medical device is being moved.
into the device.
– To push the medical device, hold on to the
mounting rails on the work surface. 5 Position the optional flexible arm for the
– Do not lean against the medical device. breathing bag close to the device.
6 Push the optional drawers in.
WARNING 7 Lock the lockable optional drawers.
Risk of injury
The device may tip over when it is
transported over inclines.
Always move the device using two people.

Parking the medical device Visual inspection after transport
When parking, always engage the brakes (central 1 Visually check the medical device for damage,
brake for front castors, individual wheel brakes at particularly the hoses and cables.
rear), especially on inclined surfaces. 2 Any damage must be repaired by service
personnel before using the device.
Establishing the gas supply
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to gas supply failure Risk due to failure of central gas supply
All gas supplies (central gas supply, gas If the central gas supply fails, additional
cylinders) must be correctly connected since devices such as such devices which are
otherwise the backup system (gas cylinders) connected to the gas outlets on the device,
will not be available if gas supply fails. will no longer be supplied with gas. The
– Make sure that all compressed gas hoses device will be supplied from the gas
are correctly connected to the rear side of cylinders.
the device.
When using such additional devices, always
– After connecting the gas supply, check for
monitor the gas supply independently of the
correct function.
main device.
– Even when the anesthesia machine is
connected to the central gas supply, the
gas cylinders should remain at the device WARNING
with valves closed as backup.
Danger to the patient and user
WARNING The device may be damaged if the strain relief
of the compressed gas hoses is not used
Risk of device malfunction correctly.
Gas supply (central gas supply or gas Use the strain relief of the compressed gas
cylinders): To avoid damage to devices hoses correctly.
connected to the gas supply, only use
medical gases. In particular, observe the
national and international standards WARNING
regarding the use of medical gases.
Risk of fire
Ignition sources in combination with oxygen
can lead to fires.
Do not position oxygen sources in the vicinity
of ignition sources, e.g., electrical
connectors.

Central gas supply WARNING

1 Screw the compressed gas hoses for the Risk of injury or damage to the device
central gas supply to the gas inlets on the rear
Defective pressure reducers can cause the
of the device by hand, see page 28.
connected device to malfunction.
2 The following applies to the trolley version and – Service the pressure reducer regularly.
to the ceiling-mounted version on the flexibility Follow the information in the chapter
trolley: "Maintenance".
Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain – If signs of wear are visible, replace the
relief and screw the strain relief tightly into pressure reducer.
place, see page 24.
3 Connect the compressed gas hoses to the Connections of gas cylinders and pressure
terminal units. reducers must be undamaged as well as free of
dust, particles, and grease. Otherwise, there is risk
4 Check if all gas supplies are correctly of fire.
connected. Check if the gases to be supplied
are available by observing the status display When handling pressure reducers, observe the
(see page 31). relevant national laws and regulations.
Special features of the ceiling-mounted version

Connecting the gas cylinders
There are no gas cylinder holders on the rear of
the device.
WARNING
Risk due to gas supply failure
Using a pressure reducer without the
required pressure sensor in place of a Dräger
pressure reducer or connecting a central
supply hose to the connection for the
external gas cylinders will prevent the
availability of the gas cylinders from being
monitored during the system test and while
the system is in use. The back-up
functionality may be compromised.
If the gas cylinder monitoring function is not
available, the user must employ suitable
pressure monitoring conforming to
ISO 80601-2-13 which allows the pressure
indicator to be read from the user's operating
location at the front. Do not connect central
supply hoses to the connectors for external
gas cylinders.

Connecting the gas cylinders on variants with

WARNING
screw connections
10343
Pressure reducers have an internal relief
valve. If a defect occurs, gas can escape into
the ambient air.
Do not block or cover the relief valve.
WARNING
B
Risk of damage to the device
D
When connecting the pressure reducers,
ensure that they do not protrude beyond the
device.
A
4 Tightly screw the pressure reducers (D) to the
gas cylinder valves. The connections must fit
C C each other directly; do not use transition
pieces.
1 Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain

relief (A) and screw the strain relief tightly into
place.
2 Connect the pressure measurement lines to
the connectors (B) above the gas inlets.
3 Set the full gas cylinders (C) into the gas
cylinder holders and secure them with the
hook-and-loop straps.

Connecting the gas cylinders on variants with Before first use:

pin-index connections 1 Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain
Gas cylinder with pin-index connection: relief (L) and screw the strain relief tightly into
place.
2 Connect the pressure measurement lines to
20421
H I A the connections (M).
B 3 Two fixing positions are possible for the gas
cylinder holder (K). Adjust the position of the
C gas cylinder holder to the size of the gas
cylinder in use. Contact service personnel to do
D this.
4 Remove the protection cap from the head of
the cylinder.
E When changing gas cylinders:
G
F 5 Remove the old sealing washer (D).
6 Insert a new sealing washer (D) at the cylinder
Rear of device: holder (I).
7 Make sure that both pin-index pins (A) are
M present below the gas inlet (B).
20415
8 Align the gas cylinder (F) so that the pin-index

holes on the head of the cylinder (E) are
pointing towards the pin-index pins (A) on the
cylinder holder (I).
H J 9 Insert the cylinder head (E) of the gas cylinder
(F) from below into the cylinder holder (I) of the
hanger yoke (J).
10 Allow the pin-index pins (A) to engage in the
pin-index holes.
F F F 11 Turn the handle (H) on the cylinder holder (I)
clockwise. The tip of the threaded retaining pin
will then be turned into the visible recess on the
cylinder head.
Make sure that the gas cylinder (F) is
L suspended vertically.
12 Tighten the handle (H) on the cylinder holder
(I).
13 Secure the gas cylinders (F) with hook-and-
loop straps (K).
If required, the gas cylinder valve (C) can be
K opened with the supplied wrench (G).

Handling O2 gas cylinders

WARNING
WARNING Risk due to improperly mounted vaporizers
Risk of explosion Incorrectly mounted vaporizers can cause
leakage. This can cause the fresh-gas
When pressurized, O2 is self-igniting in delivery to be too low or contaminate the
combination with oil or grease. ambient air. Patient and user can be
Do not oil or grease the gas cylinder valve or endangered.
the pressure reducer of the O2 cylinder. Do – Make sure that the connected vaporizers
not touch with oily or greasy fingers. are hanging vertically and are not jammed
by objects leaning on the device.
Gas cylinder valves must only be opened and – When using D-Vapor vaporizers, make
closed slowly. Do not use any tools with the screw sure that the power cable is not pinched.
connection variants. – After mounting the vaporizers, perform a
leakage test.
Have service personnel repair any leaky or stiff
gas cylinder valves. The following illustration shows the Dräger
Vapor 3000.
Fitting the vaporizers A A
10386
Depending on the configuration, Perseus can be C
operated with vaporizers which have a Dräger C
Auto Exclusion plug-in adapter or a Selectatec
plug-in adapter. Dräger recommends using only
vaporizers that have been tested and are listed in
the list of accessories.
WARNING
B B
Risk due to incorrect anesthetic agent
delivery
If the vaporizer is filled with the wrong
anesthetic agent or if it is not filled
sufficiently, incorrect anesthetic gas 1 Set the vaporizer on the plug-in connector
concentrations or concentrations that are too evenly and firmly.
low can occur as a result. 2 Turn the locking lever (A) clockwise. The lever
– Follow the instructions for use for the is in the locked position when it is pointing left.
vaporizer.
– Compare the color coding and labeling on 3 Check the vaporizer filling level through the
the vaporizer used with the anesthetic sight glass (B). If necessary, fill the vaporizer.
agent bottle and the anesthetic agent 4 Turn the control dial to position 0; the key (C)
indicated on the screen. latches into place.
5 Check the locking:
The vaporizers used must conform to the Set the control dial on a vaporizer to a position
ISO 8835-4 or ISO 80601-2-13 standard. If the other than 0 and make sure the other vaporizer
internal patient gas measurement module fails, an remains locked in its 0 position. Repeat the test
independent gas measurement system complying with the other vaporizer.
with ISO 80601-2-55 must be used.
6 Set both control dials to position 0.

When connecting D-Vapor 3000 vaporizers Vapor View option

1 Connect the power cable to an auxiliary power When combined with the Dräger Vapor 3000 or D-
socket beneath the column covering of Vapor 3000, the Vapor View option enables the
Perseus. following functions:
2 If needed, establish potential equalization. – Illumination of control dial and sight glass on
3 If needed, stow the cable in the cable conduit. vaporizer
– Reading the anesthetic agent type
– Reading the control dial position
– Monitoring the filling level
– Prediction of the anesthetic gas concentration
Ensuring the gas scavenging
CAUTION
10354
Risk of ambient air contamination
If the anesthetic gas receiving system is not
connected to the disposal system, contamination
of the ambient air with anesthetic gas may result. A
Ensure the following:
– The anesthetic gas receiving system is
correctly connected to the disposal system.
– The anesthetic gas scavenging system is
functioning properly. Check the flow indicator.
B
Perseus is equipped with an integrated anesthetic
gas receiving system (AGS).
1 Connect the scavenging hose to the nozzle (A)

on the receiving system.
2 Secure the scavenging hose with the strain
relief (B).

3 Connect the probe of the scavenging hose to
10353
the terminal unit of the scavenging system.
As an option, the integrated anesthetic gas
receiving system can be operated in combination
with a control valve. Observe the assembly
instructions for the control valve.
Preparation for a day of operations / after reprocessing
Assembling the breathing system 2 The following parts must be free from deposits:
– Incident flow meshes
WARNING – Non-return valves (red and blue)
If necessary, remove deposits on the valve
Risk of insufficient anesthetic gas plates of the non-return valves with a soft cloth.
concentrations
If the incident flow meshes are damaged,
If the component connections of the contact DrägerService.
breathing system are not leak-tight enough,
ambient air may be added to the anesthetic
gas mixture. Installing the TurboVent 2 blower module
Make sure that all components of the
10540
breathing system are connected tightly.
1 Check all parts for damage or wear:

A
– TurboVent 2 blower module
– APL valve
– Upper housing of the breathing system
– Lower housing of the breathing system
– Valve cages and valve plates
– Flow sensors
– Ports
– Incident flow meshes in the inspiratory limb
of the lower part of the breathing system 1 Insert the TurboVent 2 blower module (A) into
housing and in the expiratory port the breathing system mount.
– Seals and sealing rings

Fitting the APL valve
10394
10391
B
F
E
B
1 Set the APL valve vertically on the upper

housing of the breathing system.
2 Screw in the quick release screws (B) tightly 2 Align the APL valve correctly and screw it tight
with a clockwise rotation of 90°, e.g., with a with the knurled nut (E).
coin.
When the breathing system is installed, points (F)
must point towards the user.
Inserting the non-return valves
There are recesses in the valve cages of the non- WARNING
return valves. These recesses are arranged Risk of an incorrectly set pressure limitation
differently on the red valve cage (inspiratory valve)
than on the blue valve cage (expiratory valve). If the lower dot marked on the APL valve is
When inserting the valve cages, these recesses not aligned correctly, APL valve settings may
align with the corresponding lugs on the lower be made incorrectly or read off incorrectly.
housing of the breathing system. When fitting, take care that the lower dot is
facing the user during operation.
10395
Perform the following steps for non-return

valves (C) and (D):
1 Align the valves correctly.
2 Insert the valves.

Mounting the upper part of the breathing Inserting the flow sensors and the ports
system housing
WARNING
10357
I Risk of fire
High temperatures arise in the flow sensors,
for example, in operation or while calibrating
during a system test. Due to the high
temperatures, residual vapors of flammable
G disinfectants (e.g., alcohols) and residues
I that were not removed during reprocessing
I may ignite.
– Ensure particle-free cleaning and
disinfection.
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to
air for at least 30 minutes.
H – Before inserting the flow sensor, check for
visible damage and soiling, such as
residual mucus, medication aerosols, and
particles.
– Replace flow sensors when damaged,
soiled, or not particle-free.
10358
1 Place the upper part (G) of the breathing L
system on the lower part (H).
2 Pay attention to the correct alignment of the
three levers (I), see illustration above.
3 Turn the 3 levers (I) by about 120° clockwise.
K
J
1 Insert flow sensors (J) and (L).

2 Insert the inspiratory port (K) and screw it tight
with the knurled nut.
3 Insert in the expiratory port (M) and screw it
tight with the knurled nut.

Mounting the CLIC adapter (optional)
10366
The CLIC adapter allows the following disposable
CO2 absorbers to be used:
– Infinity ID CLIC Absorber 800+
– CLIC Absorber 800+
– Infinity ID CLIC Absorber Free B
– CLIC Absorber Free
10392
2 Lock the inserted breathing system: Turn the

middle lever (B) clockwise about 120°.
10364
C
1 Remove the cleaning plate from the adapter.

2 Close the adapter so that it engages.
3 Pay attention to the correct orientation of the
adapter: The two bypass symbols (N) must
align in a vertical line.
4 Screw on the CLIC adapter. 3 Set the breathing system cover (C) into place
and click it into position.
Inserting the breathing system

10363
1 Insert the assembled breathing system (A)

vertically into the breathing system mount.

Mounting the flexible arm (optional) or 1 Attach the attachment piece of the arm (B) to
the bag elbow the connection piece (A) on the breathing
system and screw down tightly with the two
knurled screws. Check that the arm is fixed
The breathing bag can be mounted either on the securely!
flexible arm or, using the bag elbow and a
breathing hose, mounted directly on the breathing 2 Attach the elbow (C) to the end of the flexible
system. arm.
3 Align the flexible arm so that collisions with
other mounted assemblies are prevented.
Mounting the flexible arm
Mounting the bag elbow
10347
C  Attach the bag elbow (D) directly to the
connection piece on the breathing system.
A
B
Selecting and connecting patient-specific accessories
Safety information
WARNING NOTE
Risk due to leakage in coaxial breathing This device is made without natural rubber latex.
circuit
To minimize the risk of exposure to latex, use
Leakage in the inner hose of a coaxial breathing bags and breathing hoses that are not
breathing circuit may result in CO2 made with natural rubber latex.
rebreathing or inadequate gas exchange. The
device can only detect such leakage if a
separate test with a coaxial test adapter is
performed.
– Use a coaxial test adapter to check the
inner hose for leakage, see page 125.
Next, perform a leakage test on the entire
breathing circuit.
– Monitor the measured gas concentrations
during ventilation.

Fitting the breathing circuit and the filters
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to particles and dust Risk due to occluded components in the
breathing circuit
In order to protect the patient from particles
and dust, a filter must be used between the If filters, hoses, or endotracheal tubes are
inspiratory limb of the breathing system and occluded and sample gas is being taken from
the patient. between the patient and the occluded
component, the sample gas flow may lead
Use a patient-side filter or a filter at the
immediately to negative pressure in the
inspiratory port.
lungs.
WARNING Ensure the following when ventilating

pediatric patients and neonates:
Risk of infection – When fine pored filters are used, do not
connect the sample line between the tube
The breathing system may be contaminated and the filter.
with infectious agents/pathogens. This may – When no filters but only an HME is in use,
have the following causes: set the alarm limits for MV low and Paw
– No bacteria filters have been used at the high to values that are suitable for this
Y-piece or at the expiratory port. patient so that an incipient occlusion can
– The breathing system is being used for be detected.
the first time.
Perform the following steps: NOTE
– Reprocess the breathing system before
first use. When applying tidal volumes in the range of the
– Reprocess the breathing system if maximum or minimum values indicated for each
necessary. patient category, use the smaller breathing bag
– Carry out the reprocessing as described and the smaller breathing circuit.
in the reprocessing instructions supplied
with the product. NOTE
– To prevent future contamination, use
bacteria filters close to the patient. In order to make use of the functionality of the
Infinity ID breathing circuit, dispense with the
Perseus can be used with Infinity ID breathing inspiratory and expiratory microbial filters and fit
hoses or conventional breathing hoses. If no the Y-piece with a filter instead. In cases which
leakage test has yet been performed after preclude use of a microbial filter at the Y-piece,
switching on the system, hose compliance and the ID functionality of the Infinity ID breathing
hose resistance will automatically be adopted hoses cannot be used.
when Infinity ID breathing hoses are connected.

1 Select suitable accessories for the respective

patient category.
Adults Pediatric patients Neonates

Tidal volume >700 mL 301 to 700 mL 50 to 300 mL <50 mL
Breathing bag 3L 2L 1L 0.5 L
Breathing circuit Adults Pediatric Neonates
(or pediatric)
Filter Filter or HMEF Use filters with low
resistance and compli-
ance.
2 Assemble the breathing circuit and connect it to

the Y-piece and to the inspiratory and
expiratory ports on the breathing system, see
page 70, "Table with recommended hose
configurations".
10393
When attaching or removing the breathing hoses,

always hold them at the connection sleeve and not
at the spiral ribbing.

Table with recommended hose configurations
Adults Pediatric patients Neonates

Filter or HMEF with connector for sample line between Filter at inspiratory port and expiratory port,
Y-piece and patient: connector for sample line as close to patient
as possible:
Or
Filter at inspiratory port and expiratory port, connector
Lateral connectors for the sample line support
for sample line at Y-piece:
CO2 measurement and help to flush the dead
space between Y-piece and hose adapter.
If using an expiratory filter is not possible
(e.g., due to an intrinsic PEEP due to air trap-
ping), hygienically reprocess the device after
use with this patient.
Carry out the reprocessing as described in the
reprocessing instructions supplied with the
product.
When fine pored filters (A) are used, do not connect the sample line
between the tube and the filter:
A
When no filters, but only an HME (B) is in use, set the alarm limits for
MV low and Paw high to suitable values:

Breathing bag Attaching the breathing bag to the flexible arm

(optional)
Attaching the breathing bag
10345
10346
A
1 Attach the breathing bag (A) to the elbow.
1 Connect the breathing bag to the breathing bag

hose using the connection nozzle. Attach the
breathing bag hose to the bag elbow.
WARNING
Risk due to pinched breathing bag
If the breathing bag is pinched, excessive
airway pressures or a lack of fresh gas may
result.
When attaching and aligning, pay attention to
the following:
–The breathing bag is visible.
–The breathing bag is not pinched.
–The breathing bag can inflate freely.
2 Hang the breathing bag over the hose holder

so that it hangs vertically downwards.
To allow the bag to unfold freely, place it to the
right over the hose holder so that it is not
obstructed by cables or breathing hoses.

Observing resistance and compliance Accessories or accessory components such as

filters affect the dead space, compliance, or
resistance of the breathing circuit.
CAUTION
In addition, changes in resistance and compliance
Risk due to accessory components in breathing arise over time as a result of moisture in the
circuit breathing gas or deposits of secretions.
When using additional components or hose
configurations which deviate from the standard Calculating the resistance of the breathing
breathing circuit, the inspiratory and expiratory system and connected accessories
resistance values may be increased beyond
standard requirements. The sum of the resistances in the inspiratory limb
– When such configurations are used, the user must not be less than –6.0 hPa (cmH2O). The sum
must pay special attention to the measured of the resistances in the expiratory limb must not
values. exceed 6.0 hPa (cmH2O).
– After adding or replacing components such as Only include resistance data in calculations that
breathing hoses, vaporizers, or soda lime, were taken under the same flow conditions:
perform a leak test.
Patient category Flow
CAUTION Adults 30 L/min
Risk due to misleading data Pediatric patients 15 L/min
Exchanging breathing hoses, filters, vaporizers, Neonates 2.5 L/min
or soda lime can change the determined leakage
values or compliance values of the anesthesia The following formula is used to calculate the
machine and thus affect therapy. resistance (R):
– Perform a leakage test after replacing
breathing hoses, particularly flex hoses, RInspiration =
vaporizers or soda lime. RBreathing system_insp - RInsp hose - RBreathing bag hose
– Perform a leakage test after changing the - RInsp filter (port) - RInsp filter (Y-piece)
length of flex hoses. RExpiration =
RBreathing system_exp + RExp hose + RExp filter (port) +
CAUTION RExp filter (Y-piece)
Risk due to changed hose lengths If necessary, take into consideration additional
parts such as water traps or additional hoses. The
Changed hose lengths can change resistance specifications for the resistance of the breathing
and compliance. Especially for neonates, this system can be found on page 249. The
may cause increased or decreased ventilation specifications for all other accessories can be
volumes. found in the respective instructions for use.
For neonates in particular, do not use flex hoses. In these instructions for use, the specifications for
the resistance in the inspiratory limb are regarded
as negative values. The resistance values given in
the instructions for use for the accessories must
therefore be subtracted from the inspiratory
resistance of the breathing system.

Example of calculation: Adult hose with filter on Y-piece, no filters on the ports.
Resistance [hPa (cmH2O)]

Inspiratory Expiratory
at 30 L/min at 30 L/min
Breathing system with reus- RBreathing_system_insp –0.4 RBreathing_system_exp 2.6
able CO2 absorber and
MX50115 soda lime dust filter
Breathing hose - RInsp_hose 0.5 + RExp_hose 0.5
Breathing bag hose - RBreathing_bag_hose 0.3
Filter at inspiratory port - RInsp_filter(port) 0
Filter at expiratory port + RExp_filter(port) 0
Filter at Y-piece - RInsp_filter(Y-piece) 2 + RExp_filter(Y-piece) 2
Result RInspiration –3.2 RExpiration 5.1
Since RInspiration is greater than –6 hPa (cmH2O)

and RExpiration is less than 6 hPa (cmH2O), this
configuration may be used.
Depending on the breathing circuit in use, the
connected accessories, and the resistance of the
patient's airways, air trapping (incomplete
expiration) may occur with some ventilation
settings.
The effects are, for example, a reduced minute
volume in pressure-controlled ventilation or higher
mean airway and peak pressures in volume-
controlled ventilation.
Air trapping can be prevented on the anesthesia
machine by the following measures:
– Adjusting the respiratory rate and inspiratory
time
– Changing the configuration of breathing hoses
and accessories that carry gases during the
expiratory time
It is the responsibility of the user of the medical
device to select the most suitable remedial
measure.

Connecting a non-rebreathing system
10388
(optional)
This connection is only possible with the External

fresh-gas outlet option.
B
WARNING
Insufficient gas supply to the patient
A
Non-rebreathing systems are only suitable
and intended for manual ventilation or
spontaneous breathing and may only be
connected to the external fresh-gas outlet.
When using a non-rebreathing system,
ensure an adequate gas monitoring.
WARNING
Risk of excessively high airway pressure
1 Tightly screw the sample line to the elbow of
Without a pressure-relief valve or breathing the non-rebreathing system and water trap (A).
bag, airway pressure may become too high. For elbows without port for sample line:
Only connect breathing systems with  Fit the T-piece with T-piece filter directly to
breathing bags or pressure-relief valves the elbow and tightly screw the sample line
which comply with ISO 8835-2. to the T-piece filter. The part numbers for
the T-piece and the T-piece filter are listed
Strictly follow the instructions for use for the non- in the list of accessories.
rebreathing system and the transfer hose. Or
To prevent contaminating the ambient air, connect  If necessary, use the gas sampling port of
the gas outlet of the breathing system with the inlet the filter on the Y-piece.
on the AGS. Use transfer hose with overpressure Ensure the correct course of the sample
valve complying with ISO 8835-3. line. Do not use adapters.
2 Connect the fresh-gas hose of the non-
WARNING rebreathing system to the external fresh-gas
outlet (B).
Risk of faulty gas delivery
O2 and CO2 and any anesthetic gases must
also be monitored for non-rebreathing
systems.
The sample line must be connected to the
elbow and the water trap on the anesthesia
machine.

10389
C
3 Remove the sealing plug from the inlet

nozzle (C) of the AGS.
4 Use the transfer hose to connect the non-
rebreathing system with the inlet nozzle on the
AGS (C).
CAUTION
Risk due to open AGS inlet nozzle
After using a non-rebreathing system, reinsert
the sealing plug into the inlet nozzle to prevent
contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic
gases.

Connecting or exchanging consumables
Dismounting and emptying

WARNING
Risk of high inspiratory CO2 values
10348
Use of soda lime over prolonged periods can B
increase the inspiratory CO2 values.
Check the color of the soda lime regularly
and exchange as needed, especially if the
inspiratory CO2 value increases A
unexpectedly.
Single-use CO2 absorber

1 Turn the CO2 absorber (A) clockwise and
 Connect or replace the CLIC absorber or the remove it from below.
Infinity ID CLIC absorber.
2 Remove and dispose of the disposable dust
Strictly observe the instructions for use of the filter (B).
single-use CO2 absorber.
3 Empty used soda lime and dispose of
according to the instructions for use.
WARNING
10349
Risk of insufficient ventilation
If the CO2 absorber is not correctly locked
into place, system leakage may occur.
After mounting and replacing, make sure the
C
CO2 absorber is firmly locked into place.
Reusable CO2 absorber
As an alternative to single-use CO2 absorbers, the

reusable CO2 absorber may also be used.
4 If it is necessary to clean the absorber insert
CAUTION (C), remove the absorber insert from the
absorber container. Leave the inner and outer
Risk of chemical burns sealing rings on the absorber insert.
Soda lime is caustic and is a strong irritant for
eyes, skin, and airway.
Handle this absorption material carefully and do
not spill it.

Filling and mounting 3 Insert a new disposable dust filter (E). Only use
dust filters from the list of accessories. Only
use undamaged filters.
10350
4 Insert CO2 absorber (F) on the breathing
system from below and then rotate it
counterclockwise as far as it will go.
Strictly observe the instructions for use for
Drägersorb 800 Plus or Drägersorb Free soda
D lime.
Water trap
 Empty or replace the water trap according to its

1 After any cleaning, push the absorber insert instructions for use.
back into the absorber container (D)
completely. WARNING
2 Fill CO2 absorber with fresh soda lime to the
upper mark. Risk due to full water trap
Recommendation: Only use Drägersorb 800 Plus When the water trap is full, the gas
or Drägersorb Free. measurement can fail and insufficient
ventilation may occur.
WARNING Check the water level in the water trap
Risk of hypoventilation and incorrect gas regularly and empty it as necessary.
measurement
CAUTION
Reuse of the disposable dust filter can
increase the filter resistance and impair the Risk due to gas measurement failure
ventilation function of the device.
Contaminants, damage, or overfilling of the water
If the reusable CO2 absorber is used, always trap can influence gas measurement.
use a disposable dust filter. Replace the – Observe the instructions for use of the water
disposable dust filter with every change of trap.
soda lime. – Always operate the device with a mounted
water trap.
10351
WARNING
E
Risk of infection
The water trap may contain infectious fluid.
F – Proceed carefully when emptying and take
protective measures if necessary.
– Follow the infection prevention policies
and reprocessing regulations of the
healthcare facility.

WARNING WARNING
Risk of incorrect measured gas values Risk due to leakage from improperly
connected or damaged sample line
Blocked water traps or blocked sample lines
prevent correct gas measurement. As a Connect the sample line correctly, otherwise
result, incorrect gas values may be displayed. faulty gas measurements may result.
– Use only Dräger sample lines.
– Replace the O-rings of the water trap
10344
mount every 2 years.
CAUTION
Risk of misleading data
Silicon can get into the measuring cuvette and
disrupt measurement.
Do not spray the O-rings of the water trap holder
with silicon spray.
WARNING
Risk of fire
Silicon or aerosol residues in the water trap
can cause fires.
 Screw on the sample line at the Y-piece, HME
Do not spray the O-rings of the water trap filter, or hose adapter and at the water trap.
holder with silicon spray. Ensure the correct course of the sample line.
Do not use adapters.
Connecting the sample line WARNING

Risk of incorrect measured gas values
WARNING Blocked water traps or blocked sample lines
Danger due to incorrectly connected sample prevent correct gas measurement. As a
line result, incorrect gas values may be displayed.
– Use only Dräger sample lines.
If the sample line is connected to the – Replace the O-rings of the water trap
incorrect connections, e.g., infusion pump mount every 2 years.
connections, liquids instead of sample gas
can be sucked in. As a result, the gas
measurement will not display correct values.
When attaching the sample line, make sure
not to attach it incorrectly.

Getting started
Getting started
Turning on Perseus ....................................... 80
Checking the device configuration .............. 81
Checking the operational readiness ............ 81
Emergency start-up ....................................... 82

Electronically controlled gas mixer .................. 82
Mechanically controlled gas mixer................... 82

Getting started
Turning on Perseus
Prerequisite: The device has been reprocessed
10340
and assembled to be ready for operation in
accordance with the reprocessing instructions (see
page 46).
CAUTION
Risk of device malfunction
Condensation may form when the device is
moved from a cold storage location to a warm
environment.
A
To prevent condensate formation and resulting
failures of electrical components, do not turn on
the device after abrupt temperature changes for
1 to 2 hours. 1 Connect the device to the mains power supply.
2 Set the main switch to position I.
WARNING
3 Turn on Perseus: Press the (A) button.
Risk of explosion and fire
If the battery charge is sufficient, Perseus will also
Do not set the device into operation if oxygen start without the power plug being plugged in as
leakage is suspected in the medical device or long as the main switch is not set to position 0.
its vicinity.
When the starting procedure is completed, the
Stop all oxygen supplies and contact service Standby page is displayed.
personnel.
WARNING
Risk due to unbraked device
An unbraked device may accidentally move
during operation.
Prevent this by actuating the central brake or
the castor brakes and check their function.
WARNING
Some safety systems are only checked
during start-up.
Restart Perseus at least once per month to
maintain proper functionality.

Getting started
Checking the device configuration
Perseus can be customized to suit the – Alarm limits

requirements of the user. Settings for the following – General device behavior
features are possible:
For further information about the configuration, see
– Start settings for the ventilation
page148.
Checking the operational readiness
On the Standby page, the readiness for operation If the system is not fully operational, the most
resulting from the system test is indicated by color important irregularities (C) are displayed and a
(A). specific test (D) is recommended as a remedy
where possible.
10410
Additionally, the current system leakage is

A displayed in area (C).
B
To view details regarding the status of the system,
C touch the Details... button (B) or the
Tests... button (E), see page 121.
D
Dräger recommends performing the system test
every 24 hours. Otherwise, it will not be possible to
ensure that the device is functional.
Standby E
Color Meaning
Green System is fully operational.
Yellow System is operational with limita-
tions.
There are functional restrictions.
Take further measures to ensure
patient safety (e.g., external moni-
toring).
Red System is not operational.
Call service personnel.
Gray The system has not been tested.

Getting started
Emergency start-up
Electronically controlled gas mixer Mechanically controlled gas mixer
1 Adjust the APL valve. 1 Adjust the APL valve.
10376
20341
D C
A
B A
C B
2 Set O2 switch (C) to the Add. O2 position. 2 Open the flow control valve (A) and set the
3 Open the flow control valve (B) and set the desired O2 flow. If required, press the O2+ key
desired O2 flow. If necessary, press the (C) to fill the breathing bag quickly.
O2+ (D) key to quickly fill the breathing bag. 3 Monitor the set flow on the total flow tube (B).
4 Monitor the set flow on the O2 flowmeter (A). 4 Set the anesthetic gas concentration at the
5 Set the anesthetic gas concentration at the vaporizer.
vaporizer. 5 Manually ventilate the patient.
6 Manually ventilate the patient. 6 Switch on the device.
7 Switch on the device. 7 As soon as the Standby page is displayed,
8 As soon as the Standby page is displayed, start the therapy, see page 87.
start the therapy, see page 87.
9 Set the O2 switch (C) to Aux. O2 to stop the
increased fresh-gas flow.
10 Close the flow control valve (B).

Operation
Operation
Safety information ......................................... 85 Customizing the current view .......................... 106

Using loops...................................................... 106
Starting the therapy....................................... 87 Displaying mini-trends ..................................... 107
Loading the patient data .................................. 87 Displaying alarm limits and units of
Checking the patient data................................ 88 measurement .................................................. 107
Setting and starting the therapy....................... 88 Adjusting the sweep speed and the scale ....... 107
Useful tips........................................................ 89 Changing the color scheme and the screen
brightness........................................................ 108
Adjusting the therapy.................................... 90
Setting the APL valve ...................................... 90 Displaying additional data ............................ 108
Adjusting the fresh-gas flow ............................ 91 Viewing current measured values ................... 108
Using the O2 flush ........................................... 91 Logbook........................................................... 108
Using the vaporizer.......................................... 91 Trends ............................................................. 109
Changing the ventilation mode ........................ 92 Displaying installed options ............................. 109
Synchronizing the breaths ............................... 92 Displaying an overview of the accessories and
Ventilating pediatric patients and neonates..... 92 consumptions .................................................. 109
Special forms of therapy............................... 93 Setting the sound volume ............................. 110

Using non-rebreathing systems....................... 93 Setting alarm tone volume and breathing
Activating or deactivating the CBM mode........ 93 sound volume .................................................. 110
Only gas concentration measurement/use of Adjusting the alarms ..................................... 110
Monitoring........................................................ 94
Pausing the therapy/using Pause (optional).... 94 Setting the alarm limits .................................... 110
Activating or deactivating CO2 alarms............. 111
Maneuvers (optional)..................................... 95 Automatic xMAC monitoring............................ 112
Inspiration hold, expiration hold....................... 95 Deactivation of automatic xMAC monitoring ... 112
One-step recruitment....................................... 96
Changing the patient data............................. 113
Multi-step recruitment ...................................... 97
Alarm behavior during the maneuvers............. 99 Exporting data................................................ 113
Using fields with special functions.............. 100 General information......................................... 113
Breathing gas measurement and xMAC Exporting the screen contents ......................... 113
display (MAC multiples)................................... 100 Exporting trends and data ............................... 113
Prediction of the anesthetic gas concentration Other settings................................................. 114
(optional).......................................................... 101
Prediction of the inspiratory O2 concentration Switching the breathing system warmer on or
(optional).......................................................... 102 off .................................................................... 114
Econometer (optional) ..................................... 103 Creating additional logbook entries ................. 115
Stopwatch........................................................ 103 Resetting user-specific settings....................... 115
Countdown ...................................................... 103 Ending the therapy ........................................ 116
Volumeter ........................................................ 104
Switching to the Standby mode....................... 116
Low-flow wizard (optional) ............................... 104
Using O2 insufflation........................................ 116
Organizing the screen display...................... 105
Available views ................................................ 105
Changing the current view............................... 105

Operation
Change of patient .......................................... 118

Cleaning and disinfecting the workstation ....... 118
Checking or replacing consumables ............... 118
Checking the device ........................................ 118
Flushing the breathing system ........................ 118

Operation
Safety information
WARNING CAUTION
Risk of strangulation Risk of injury
Negligent placement of hoses, cables, sample Looking directly into the LEDs of the workplace
lines, and similar device components can illumination and of the illumination unit on the
endanger the patient. vaporizer plug-in connection can cause damage
to the retina.
Use particular caution when establishing
connections to the patient. Do not look directly into the LEDs. Make sure that
the patient is not dazzled by the LEDs.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Risk due to falsified gas measurement values
and failure of the gas measurement Risk due to unsuitable illumination
Aerosols can damage the patient gas If illumination without neutral colors is used
measurement module and the membrane of the during the medical examination of the patient,
water trap. Propellants can falsify the gas this may result in, e.g., misinterpretation of skin
measurement values. coloring.
– Do not use the device's workplace light during
Do not use medication nebulizers.
examinations.
– For examinations, use an examination light
WARNING conforming to IEC 60601-2-41.
Risk of faulty gas delivery
O2 and CO2 and anesthetic gases must be
monitored every time breathing systems are
used.
Ensure adequate gas monitoring.
WARNING
Risk of misinterpretation
Misdiagnosis or misinterpretation of the
measured values or other parameters can
endanger the patient.
Do not make therapeutic decisions based
solely on individual measured values and
monitoring parameters. Therapeutic
decisions must be made solely by the user.

Operation
WARNING WARNING
Risk of misinterpretation Risk of infection
Measured gas values and waveforms such as Disease-causing germs can be transmitted
the CO2 waveform are determined on the between patients via the circuit plug. If a used
basis of the composition of the sample gas. Y-piece or filter is fitted to the circuit plug,
The composition of the sample gas is and then later a reprocessed component is
affected by many factors and their fitted (e.g., during a leakage test), the new
interactions, especially in patients with low component may become contaminated.
body weight. This may result in biased
Do not fit hoses that have already been used
measurements or waveforms.
and that have attached filters or Y-pieces to
The following factors affect the sample gas the circuit plug. Instead, hang them over the
measurement: handle on the left-hand side of the device.
– Dead space
– Patient resistance, patient compliance WARNING
– Type of surgical procedure Risk due to occluded components in the
breathing circuit
– Gas sampling site
– Breathing circuit, filter, sample line, tube If filters, hoses, or endotracheal tubes are
occluded and sample gas is being taken from
– Ventilation settings and the resulting between the patient and the occluded
ventilation component, the sample gas flow may lead
– Leakage immediately to negative pressure in the
lungs.
– Spontaneous breathing
– Cardiogenic oscillations Ensure the following when ventilating
pediatric patients and neonates:
Observe the following: – When fine pored filters are used, do not
– Do not make therapeutic decisions based connect the sample line between the tube
solely on individual measured values or and the filter.
parameters. – When no filters but only an HME is in use,
set the alarm limits for MV low and Paw
– If possible, minimize the effects of the high to values that are suitable for this
factors described above, e.g., take the patient so that an incipient occlusion can
sample gas from a gas sampling site close be detected.
to the patient, minimize leakage, adjust the
ventilation settings.
CAUTION
CAUTION Danger from an unintentional therapy start
Danger due to inaccurate gas measurement If Perseus is in the Standby mode and the flow
values control valves are open, ventilation starts in the
Man / Spon mode.
Due to the technical characteristics of gas
measurements, the measured gas values might Take care that this does not happen
be inaccurate at high respiratory rates and at unintentionally.
certain I:E ratios.
Observe the technical data.

Operation
WARNING
Risk of fire
Components such as power supply units that
heat up are unable to cool down in enclosed
storage locations and may cause a fire.
Do not keep components that heat up in the
drawers or under the column cover.
Starting the therapy
Prerequisite: The device is in Standby mode. Loading the patient data

20411
10461
Start
Select patient and check data
A B
A B C
Select mode
Standby
C
There are 2 possibilities for starting the therapy:
There are two possibilities for loading patient data:
Quick start with Manual / Spontaneous mode
A Defining a new case
 To perform a quick start with the displayed
fresh-gas settings (A), touch the Quick start B Continuing a case
Man/Spon button (B). Depending on the selection, the patient data in
Or area (C), e.g., weight or age, are filled in
automatically.
Normal start with customized settings
1 Touch the Start... button (C). Defining a new case
2 Adjust the patient data and ventilation settings.
Select to start the therapy for a new patient:
 Depending on the patient category needed,
touch the New adult, New pediatric, or New
neonate button (A).
The ventilation parameters and alarm limits are set
to the configured start settings, see page 150. The
set value for Ti is set automatically based on RR
so that the I:E ratio set in the start settings are the
result, see 158.

Operation
Continuing a case When these data are adjusted, appropriate therapy

settings are suggested e.g., for tidal volume,
Select to start the therapy with the settings of the respiratory rate, alarm limits. For more information,
last case: see page 269.
 Touch the Continue case button (B).
The ventilation parameters and alarm limits are
adopted from the preceding case. Setting and starting the therapy
After turning on the device, no previous case is
Select mode
available. Perseus then starts with the configured
10463
start settings. A
D C B E
Checking the patient data
1 Select a ventilation mode (A) as needed.
The following ventilation modes are available:
WARNING
– Man / Spon
Risk due to incorrect settings – PSV (optional)
Different standard alarm limits or therapy – PC
settings might be configured for medical – APRV (optional)
devices within the same area. The user must
– VC - AF
observe the following:
– Make sure that the set values are suitable – VC
for the patient. The following operation modes are also available:
– Make sure that the alarm system is neither – Ext. FGO (optional)
rendered useless by setting extreme
values for the alarm limits nor deactivated – Pause
by switching off the alarms. For additional information about the ventilation
– Check the start settings for alarms and modes, see page 258.
alarm settings each time the ventilation
2 Set the fresh-gas delivery.
mode is changed.
– Only switch off alarms if the safety of the Perseus is equipped with a minimum O2 delivery
patient is not affected. that ensures that a minimum quantity of oxygen is
delivered, see page 268.
CAUTION Electronically controlled gas mixer:
 Select the carrier gas (B).
Risk due to incorrect setting for patient age Set the O2 concentration (D) and fresh-gas
Incorrectly setting the patient age can lead to flow (C).
inappropriate xMAC values and therefore to an To prevent the soda lime from drying out at an
inappropriate anesthetic gas delivery. increased rate, the electronically controlled gas
Always set patient age correctly. mixer limits the setting range for the fresh-gas
flow FG flow. This restriction depends on the
set tidal volume VT and the set respiratory rate
10462
RR.
A
 Adjust patient data (A) if necessary.

Operation
Mechanically controlled gas mixer: 3 Adjust the ventilation settings (E).

4 To start therapy, press the rotary knob. A signal
WARNING tone is emitted when therapy starts.
Risk of incorrect gas delivery
Use the flow values on the status display as Useful tips
the primary source of information. Always
compare these values with the values on the
total flow tube. Quick start with Man / Spon mode
Only use the total flow tube as the primary Electronically con- Mechanically con-
source of information in the following cases: trolled gas mixer trolled gas mixer
– The status display has failed.
– The values on the status display do not  In the Standby  Open the flow con-
match the values on the total flow tube. mode, touch Quick trol valves for fresh
start Man/Spon. gas.
 Use the flow control valves to adjust the
fresh-gas flows. Opening the start dialog in Standby mode
Use the total flow tube to check the total
flow set, see page 32.  Touch the screen in the monitoring area.
Or
CAUTION
 Squeeze the breathing bag.
Risk of patient injury
Unsuitable soda lime can result in disintegration Starting when time is limited
products from the anesthesia gases.
When time is limited, it is possible to bypass the
Use suitable soda lime such as Drägersorb Free. adjustment of the patient data and the ventilation
settings. Start the therapy as follows:
WARNING 1 Touch the screen.
Risk of patient injury 2 Check the displayed start values.
Under certain conditions, acetone can 3 To start therapy, press the rotary knob.
accumulate in the body in patients under 4 Adjust the patient data and ventilation settings
anesthesia. As a result, the patient could be as soon as possible.
put at risk.
Do not perform low-flow anesthesia on
patients with ketoacidosis or patients under
the influence of alcohol.
CAUTION
The use of minimum-flow or low-flow settings can
lead to accumulation of metabolic by-products in
the breathing system.
When using minimum-flow setings or low-flow
settings follow the recommendations of
professional societies (e.g., regular flushing of
the breathing system).

Operation
Adjusting the therapy
Setting the APL valve
10380
The pressure limitation set with the APL valve only
takes effect during manual ventilation or
spontaneous breathing.
WARNING
Risk of excessively high airway pressures
If the ventilator fails, the device switches into
the Man / Spon ventilation mode.
The APL valve should also be set to a In the Manual / Spontaneous mode, lifting the
pressure limitation value suitable for the valve relieves pressure from the breathing system.
patient when using automatic ventilation
modes. If the ventilator fails, ventilate the
patient manually. Spontaneous breathing
 The selection between manual ventilation
10379
(Man) and spontaneous breathing (Spont) is
made at the APL pressure limitation valve, see
page 18.
Manual ventilation
10378
 Turn the APL valve counterclockwise as far as

it will go.
10 20 30 The points are vertically aligned and the valve is
raised.
The pressure limitation is canceled and the valve is
open for free spontaneous breathing.
 Set the APL valve to the desired maximum
airway pressure.
The patient can be manually ventilated with the
breathing bag. The pressure is limited by the set
value.

Operation
Adjusting the fresh-gas flow Using the vaporizer
When a very high fresh-gas flow is reduced to a

very low value, the gas concentration in the entire WARNING
breathing system is optimized and changed as Risk due to incorrect anesthetic agent
smoothly as possible. delivery
If the vaporizer is filled with the wrong
Electronically controlled gas mixer anesthetic agent or if it is not filled
sufficiently, incorrect anesthetic gas
The setting range for the fresh-gas flow is
concentrations or concentrations that are too
temporarily restricted to values greater than
low can occur as a result.
3 L/min. After the new fresh-gas flow is confirmed,
– Follow the instructions for use for the
it is not altered abruptly but, rather, continuously
vaporizer.
over a few seconds until the new target value is
– Compare the color coding and labeling on
reached. After the reduced flow is reached, the full
the vaporizer used with the anesthetic
setting range is available once more, so that
agent bottle and the anesthetic agent
values below 3 L/min can also be set.
indicated on the screen.
Mechanically controlled gas mixer  Operate the vaporizer according to its

instructions for use.
After a sharp reduction of the fresh-gas flow, the
internal gas recirculation is temporarily ramped up When the Vapor View option is installed, the
without significantly altering the ventilation. This control dial and sight glass on the Dräger
may result in visible effects in the displayed Vapor 3000 and D-Vapor 3000 are illuminated:
waveforms.
This is indicated in the waveforms by the Control dial position Illumination
messages Preparing low flow phase and T to <0 Off
Measurement temporarily inaccurate.
0 Medium
>0 Bright
Using the O2 flush
WARNING
The O2 flush is used for flushing and quickly filling
the breathing system and breathing bag with Risk due to faulty Vapor View option
oxygen. The vaporizers are bypassed for this. If the Vapor View option is faulty, the
 Press the O2+ key. O2 flows for as long as the following information could be displayed
key is held down. incorrectly on the screen: Anesthetic gas
The gas concentration can change abruptly when type, filling level, control dial position,
the O2 flush is used. prediction of anesthetic gas concentration
– Do not rely solely on the display on the
Using the O2 flush has the following effects: screen, but always pay attention to the
– In manual ventilation, pressing the O2 flush settings and values at the vaporizer as
results in a rapid rise in pressure to the APL well.
level. – Do not make therapy decisions based
solely on a displayed prediction.
– In automatic ventilation, permanently
pressing the O2 flush may result in a slight
rise of the PEEP level. However, this rise
has no effect on the peak pressure.

Operation
Changing the ventilation mode WARNING

10403
A In ventilation modes in which breaths are to
be triggered only by the patient (e.g., PSV),
B C adverse settings or sensor failure can lead to
insufficient ventilation.
1 In the therapy bar, touch the tab (A) of the new Set the respiratory rate to a suitable value so
ventilation mode. that a minimum ventilation of the patient is
When the ventilation mode is changed, the start maintained.
settings are adopted from the parameters of the
previous ventilation mode and the patient data, or WARNING
they are sensibly derived.
In addition, the alarm settings are adjusted to
appropriate values, see page 143. The display of the spontaneous minute
volume MVspon shows the volume that
2 Adjust the therapy as needed with the therapy
results from the patient's own breathing and
controls (B) or buttons (C).
machine support. If machine support is
3 Activate the ventilation mode by pressing the triggered by small tidal volumes of the
rotary knob. A signal tone is emitted when the patient, a large part of MVspon is achieved by
mode is changed. machine support and not by the patient's own
breathing. In this case, MVspon shows a high
value although the actual spontaneous
Synchronizing the breaths minute volume is very low.
Do not base therapy decisions solely on the
Turning on the synchronization activates the set value displayed for MVspon.
pressure support, for example, see page 258.
10464
D Ventilating pediatric patients and

neonates
A For tidal volumes below 300 mL:

 Use suitable ventilation accessories, see
B C chapter "Selecting and connecting patient-
specific accessories" starting on page 67.
1 Turn the synchronization on or off with the For tidal volumes below 20 mL or when using
buttons Sync. on (A) or Sync. off (B). unblocked tubes:
2 As needed, the expanded therapy bar can be  Use pressure-controlled ventilation, see table
displayed using the More buttons (C) or (D); "Ventilation modes and effective parameters"
here, additional parameters (Trigger, ∆Psupp, starting on page 260.
etc.) can be adapted to the patient.

Operation
Special forms of therapy
Using non-rebreathing systems When ventilation modes are changed, the CBM
mode remains active. Changing to the Standby
Only available with the option External fresh-gas mode deactivates the CBM mode.
outlet. Deactivating the CBM mode activates the apnea
Prerequisite: The non-rebreathing system is alarms.
connected, see page 74.
Activating
CAUTION
1 Open the Alarms dialog window.
Risk of gas contamination
2 Touch the Settings tab (A).
The extracted sample gas is also returned to the
internal breathing system during operation with Alarms
10465
an external fresh-gas outlet if the Perseus A
sample gas measurement is used.
Use breathing circuit to close the breathing
system or set the APL valve to spontaneous
breathing. Flush the breathing system each time
patients or anesthetic gas are changed!
B C
Conducting the fresh gas to the external outlet
1 Start Ext. FGO operating mode.
2 Adjust the fresh-gas delivery. Set vaporizer as
required.
3 For Cardiac bypass mode (CBM), touch the
Strictly observe the instructions for use of the non- button On (B).
rebreathing system.
Deactivating
Activating or deactivating the CBM  For Cardiac bypass mode (CBM), touch the
mode button Off (C).
Or
The CBM mode allows patient monitoring without  In the main menu bar, touch the Exit CBM
unnecessary alarms during extracorporeal button.
oxygenation of the patient by a heart-lung
machine.
Properties of CBM mode:
– All gas concentrations are measured
independent of the respiratory phase.
– The CO2 apnea and pressure apnea alarms
are inactive.
The CBM mode can be used in all active
ventilation modes.

Operation
Only gas concentration Activating

measurement/use of Monitoring 1 Start Pause operating mode.
2 Adjust the therapy control Timer if necessary.
No ventilation in Monitoring operation mode. Gas
delivery is also stopped with electronically
controlled gas mixers. The gas concentration Returning to the previous mode
measurement remains active and waiting for
respiratory phases. 1 Touch the Resume ventilation button.
Use this operating mode for regional anesthesia, 2 Confirm the ventilation mode.
for example. For more information, see page 155 and page 162.
Prerequisite: The device is in Standby mode or
Man / Spon mode.
Activating
 Start Monitoring operating mode.
Deactivating
 After Standby or change to ventilation mode.
For more information, see page 162.
Pausing the therapy/using Pause

(optional)
In Pause mode, ventilation is stopped. Gas

delivery is also stopped with electronically
controlled gas mixers. The gas concentration
measurement remains active and waiting for
respiratory phases.
This mode is equipped with an adjustable therapy
control Timer, depending on the patient category.
When the set time has elapsed, this emits an
alarm as reminder that ventilation should be
resumed. There is no automatic resumption of
ventilation. Setting the therapy control Timer to
"Off" deactivates the alarm. The total elapsed time
is also displayed.
Use this operating mode for regional anesthesia or
short pauses in therapy, such as disconnection or
intubation, to reduce contamination of the ambient
air with anesthetic gases due to an open Y-piece.

Operation
Maneuvers (optional)
Perseus has various maneuvers for lung Inspiration hold, expiration hold
recruitment. During a maneuver, various data
concerning the lung mechanics are displayed so Perseus provides functions whereby a breath can
that the user can assess the progress of the be initiated or extended, or expiration can be
maneuver. extended.
The reminder function (option) reminds the user to This can be useful in situations where the lungs of
perform a maneuver. A reminder is issued after the the patient are not supposed to move, e.g., during
first change to a ventilation mode with medium or use of imaging techniques.
high breathing support and also at settable
intervals after the ending of a maneuver. The Procedures
31824
Consider recruitment message is displayed in
the waveforms for flow and pressure.
The use of lung recruitment maneuvers is the sole
responsibility of the user.
Dräger recommends that the patient's
hemodynamics always be monitored while the
maneuvers are being performed.
Available maneuvers
– Insp./Exp. hold C
– One-step recruitment D
– Multi-step recruitment
1 Open the Procedures dialog window. Manual inspiration/inspiration hold
2 Touch the tab for the required maneuver. This maneuver is available in the volume-
controlled modes, the pressure-controlled modes,
Procedures
31825
and in the PSV mode, and offers the following

options:
– In the expiratory phase between 2 mandatory
A breaths, a breath can be manually triggered
and held. The ventilation pattern of the
manually triggered breath corresponds to the
ventilation pattern for the active ventilation
mode.
B – A mandatory breath can be extended.
Manually triggering a breath
 Touch the Man. insp./Insp. hold button (C)
briefly.
Relevant waveforms, trends, or measured values Manually extending a breath
are displayed in area (A) of the dialog window. The
parameters for the particular maneuver are  Touch the Man. insp./Insp. hold button (C)
displayed and set in area (B). and keep it pressed for the desired time.
Perseus will trigger an extended breath or will
extend an already triggered automatic breath.

Operation
The breath is ended automatically: One-step recruitment

– After a maximum of 40 seconds in the Adult
patient category This maneuver applies a set pressure for a specific
– After a maximum of 30 seconds in the Ped duration and thus enables, e.g., an extended
patient category breath with adjustable pressure.
– After a maximum of 5 seconds in the Neo Procedures
31825
patient category
Holding or extending the expiration

 Touch the Exp. hold button (D) and keep it
pressed for the desired time.
Perseus will extend the expiration and delay the I
next breath.
The expiration is ended automatically: G
– After a maximum of 40 seconds in the Adult E F H J
patient category
– After a maximum of 30 seconds in the Ped 1 Using the therapy controls, set the
patient category Pressure (E) and the Duration (F).
– After a maximum of 5 seconds in the Neo 2 If necessary, touch the More button (H) and set
patient category a reminder with the therapy control (I).
3 Touch the Start button (G) and confirm.
The rise in pressure from the PEEP level to the set
pressure level and the decrease in pressure at the
end of the maneuver take place at 20 hPa/s.
The maneuver ends automatically after the time
has elapsed. To cancel the maneuver, touch the
Cancel button (J) and confirm. If required, the
PEEP can be adjusted before confirming.
The Paw high alarm limit is checked at the start of
the maneuver. If the alarm limit is too low, it is
changed to a value 5 hPa above the set pressure.
After the maneuver, the alarm limit is reset to its
original value.

Operation
Multi-step recruitment 2 If required, touch the More button (Q) to

display the following settings:
This maneuver applies a sequence of pressure-
T ∆Pressure Pressure difference
controlled mandatory breaths at variable pressure
between Pinsp and
levels. The inspiratory pressure and expiratory
PEEP with which the ven-
pressure are increased in steps and then reduced
tilation is performed
again to the starting levels. For parameters such
during the maneuver.
as RR and Ti, the values from the previous
After the set maximum
ventilation mode are used. If there is no value
pressures for PEEP max
available for the Slope parameter, a value of
or Pinsp max is reached,
0.2 seconds is used.
the pressure difference is
Procedures adapted accordingly so
31826
that the set values for
both PEEP max and
Pinsp max can be
reached.
K L M
U Breaths@Max Number of breaths at the
Pinsp max pressure level
V Breaths/Step Number of breaths after
T U V W which the next pressure
N
step begins
Q O
S R W Reminder Time after which a
P reminder for a new
maneuver is issued
K Trends of the measured values of pressure,
compliance, or tidal volume 3 Touch the Start button (N) and confirm.
L Predicted trends of inspiratory pressure and During the maneuver, the inspiratory pressure is
expiratory pressure during the maneuver automatically increased in steps to the set
("what if..." function) maximum Pinsp max value and the expiratory
pressure is increased to the maximum PEEP max
The exact progress of the maneuver is influ-
value. Both pressures are held at the highest
enced by the following values:
pressure level for a certain number of breaths
– Parameters entered in this dialog Breaths@Max and then reduced again in steps.
– Values set for RR and PEEP in the therapy The level of the pressure rise and the pressure
bar decrease is dependent on the selected patient
category. The appropriate settings are made in the
M Values of pressure, compliance, or tidal vol- system setup.
ume
The Paw high alarm limit is checked at the start of
1 Using the Pinsp max (S) and PEEP max (R) the maneuver. If the alarm limit is too low, it is
therapy controls, set the pressures that are to changed to a value 5 hPa above the set pressure.
be reached during the maneuver. After the maneuver, the alarm limit is reset to its
original value.

Operation
If the pressure is not to be increased any further

during the maneuver, touch the Descend now
button (O) and confirm. The pressure will then be
reduced again in steps. The duration of the
maneuver is reduced as a result.
To cancel the maneuver, touch the Cancel
button (P) and confirm. If required, the PEEP can
be adjusted before confirming. This can be useful,
e.g., when the desired effect has already been
achieved during the maneuver. The ventilation will
now continue immediately with the previous
settings and the adjusted PEEP.
Due to the technically related delay between the
set and the measured airway pressures, it may
happen that the current and the last measured
pressures differ by up to one step level.
The cursor can be used to display the previous
measured values. To do this, touch screen
area (K) and move the cursor with the rotary knob.
To facilitate reading the data, screen area (K) will
temporarily not be updated. To show the current
measured values again, touch area (L).

Operation
Alarm behavior during the maneuvers
During the maneuvers, some alarms are adapted

as follows:
Maneuver
Insp./Exp. hold
Alarm One-step recruit- Multi-step recruit-
Man. insp./Insp. ment ment
Exp. hold
hold
Pressure alarms:
Alarm limit is
Airway pressure Alarm limit is adjusted
--- --- adjusted to
high to Pinsp max + 5
Pressure + 5
When set to Auto, the
alarm limit is automat-
ically adjusted to half
When set to Auto,
way between PEEP
the alarm limit is
Airway press. con- max and Pinsp max.
tinuously high Stopped1) --- automatically
Example:
adjusted to
PEEP max = 20 hPa
Pressure +3
Pinsp max = 40 hPa
Adjusted alarm limit =
30 hPa
Airway pressure
not achieved Stopped1) Stopped1) Stopped1) ---
Volume alarms:
Inspiratory tidal vol- Suppressed in VC Suppressed in VC Suppressed in VC
---
ume high and VC - AF and VC - AF and VC - AF
Minute volume low Displayed no sooner than 90 seconds after the start of the maneuver.
Apnea alarms:
Apnea (no pres-
sure)
Apnea (no flow) Stopped1) ---
Apnea (no CO2)
Apnea
1) Existing alarms are preserved. No new alarms will be issued.
Some technical alarms stop the maneuver

automatically, e.g., alarms caused by a sensor
failure.

Operation
Using fields with special functions
Breathing gas measurement and xMAC display (MAC multiples)
The MAC values depend on the age of the patient.
12203
in et The values specified in the table apply to a patient
age of 40 years.
O2
1 MAC corresponds to:
N2O (in 100 % O2)
Halothane 0.77 Vol%
Iso Enflurane 1.7 Vol%
Isoflurane 1.15 Vol%
Desflurane 6.0 Vol%
Sevoflurane 2.1 Vol%
N2O 105 Vol%
xMAC Age years
The age-corrected MAC values are calculated
The MAC value is a simple navigation aid for according to the equation of W.W. Mapleson
anesthetic agent delivery. (British Journal of Anaesthesia 1996, pp. 179-
185).
Perseus displays the measured inspiratory and
expiratory values for O2, N2O, and anesthetic The equation applies to patients older than 1 year.
gases, and the xMAC in the monitoring area.
Measured nitrous oxide concentration or MACage corrected = MAC1) x 10(–0.00269 x (age –40))
anesthetic gas concentration is only displayed
when it is not zero.
The xMAC is the MAC multiple calculated from the
current expiratory measured values and the age-
dependent MAC values. If no respiratory phases
are detected, expiratory values and xMAC cannot
be displayed.
The integrated MAC algorithm is based on the
MAC values shown in the following table. These
values are guiding values only. The binding values
are specified on the package information leaflet of
the anesthetic agent.
1) 40 years

Operation
For gas mixtures, the respective multiples for N2O

and anesthetic agents are added according to the
following equation.
exp. conc. anesth.1 exp. conc. anesth.2 exp. conc. N2O
xMAC = + +
MACage corrected anesth1 MACage corrected anesth2 MACage corrected N2O
Example xMAC = 0.54 + 0.63 = 1.2

exp. Iso. = 0.65 Vol%; exp. N2O = 69 %; The influence of other drugs (opioids or
Age = 32 years intravenous hypnotics) is not considered in the
xMAC calculation.
MACage corrected for Iso.: MAC1) = 1.21 Vol%
MACage corrected for N2O: MAC1) = 110 Vol%
1) 32 years
Prediction of the anesthetic gas concentration (optional)
Perseus offers the option of displaying predictive Using the anesthetic gas prediction
concentrations of anesthetic agent in the breathing
gas. This requires the Vapor View option and Prerequisite: The Agent prediction parameter
Dräger Vapor 3000 or D-Vapor 3000. field must be configured in the monitoring area and
respiratory phases must be detected.
The anesthetic gas prediction is appropriate for
patients with the following data only:
10453
Iso prediction xMAC
Height: 150 to 200 cm
(59.1 to 78.7 in) E
Weight: 40 to 140 kg
(88 to 308 lbs) C D
Age: 18 to 90 years
The anesthetic gas prediction is not suitable for the

following patients:
– Alcohol dependents A B
– Greatly overweight patients
– Patients with ASA ≥IV
– Patients with severe circulatory disorders or a
cardiopulmonary bypass The following is displayed:
These restrictions in the patient data result from A Section for the trend of inspiratory and
the scientific models all calculations are based on. expiratory anesthetic gas concentration
B Section for the prediction
C Current vaporizer setting
D Prediction curve ("what if..." function)
E xMAC scale

Operation
WARNING
10452
FiO2 prediction
Risk of incorrect therapy settings D
The anesthetic gas prediction is based on
mathematical models and does not provide
individual patient values. A B
Do not make therapy decisions based solely
C
on the displayed anesthetic gas prediction.
The following is displayed:
The anesthetic gas concentration of the currently A Section for the trend
delivered anesthetic agent (or of the measured
primary anesthetic agent if delivery is switched off) B Section for the prediction
is displayed as a color diagram. The C Current O2 fresh-gas concentration
corresponding expiratory concentration is shown
D Prediction curve ("what if..." function)
by the color coding for the anesthetic agent.
The previously measured concentrations are WARNING
displayed in the left-hand section (A) and the
predicted concentrations in the right-hand section Risk due to incorrect O2 prediction
(B). The predicted concentrations are dependent Therapy decisions should not be made solely
on the vaporizer setting, the set fresh-gas flow, on the basis of a displayed O2 prediction.
and on various measurements.
Electronically controlled gas mixer only: The inspiratory O2 concentration is displayed as a
During the setting procedure, 2 dotted lines (D) are line.
displayed for the fresh-gas flow (the so-called The previously measured concentration is
"what if..." function). When the value is altered with displayed in the left-hand section (A) and the
the therapy control, the lines move and show a predicted concentration in the right-hand section
preview of the predicted concentration. (B). The predicted concentration is dependent on
the set O2 flow and the measured patient values.
Prediction of the inspiratory O2 Electronically controlled gas mixer only:

During the setting procedure, a dotted line (D) is
concentration (optional) displayed for the O2 flow (the so-called "what if..."
function). When the value is altered with the
Perseus offers the option of displaying the therapy control, the line moves and shows a
predicted inspiratory O2 concentration in the preview of the predicted concentration.
breathing gas. This requires the O2 prediction
option. The FiO2 prediction parameter field must
be configured in the monitoring area.
The FiO2 prediction is suitable only for patients
with a body weight of more than 30 kg (66 lbs).

Operation
Econometer (optional) Stopwatch
During operation, Perseus monitors the breathing
10451
bag for sufficient filling. Stopwatch
A
10512
Surplus
Using the stopwatch

Efficient 1 Touch the Start button (A) to start.
2 Touch the Stop button (A) to stop.
3 To reset the stopwatch to zero, touch the Reset
button (A).
Deficit
Countdown
Econometer Timer
20070
The bar graph indicates the qualitative fresh-gas
supply.
Range Color Meaning A B

Surplus Yellow Indication of a possibility
to save fresh gas and,
therefore, volatile anes-
thetics Setting the countdown
Efficient Green – No action necessary 1 Touch the Set button (B) or the parameter field.
– Breathing bag suffi- 2 Set the countdown time.
ciently filled
– Sufficient reserve Using the countdown
capacity available
The countdown always starts with the last time set.
Deficit Red – Insufficient fresh-gas
supply 1 Touch the Start button (A) to start.
– Fill the breathing bag 2 Touch the Stop button (A) to stop.
immediately 3 To reset the countdown to zero, touch the
Reset button (A).
An insufficiently filled breathing bag can trigger the
Fresh gas low or leakage or Emergency air inlet
activated alarms, for example.

Operation
Volumeter Low-flow wizard (optional)
The volumeter can be used to monitor and assess The low-flow wizard displays bar graphs for the
the ventilation during spontaneous breathing, required fresh-gas flow and the total flow. Both bar
manual ventilation, or mechanical ventilation. graphs are to the same scale. The required fresh-
gas flow is calculated on the basis of balancing the
gas volumes.
10450
Volumeter
B
20152
Required FG flow
F VT A
C
Volume
Total flow
D Efficient
E
An evaluation of the total flow is displayed below
The bar graph indicates the inspiratory and the bar graph:
expiratory tidal volume.
At the end of the inspiration, the delivered tidal Evaluation Color Meaning
volume is displayed as a bar (A). Too high Yellow The fresh-gas flow is
At the end of the expiration, the difference between possibly too high. If the
the inspiratory and the expiratory tidal volume (F) fresh-gas flow can be
is displayed. reduced, both fresh gas
and anesthetic agent will
The expiratory tidal volume is displayed next to the be saved.
bar graph (C).
Efficient Green No action is necessary.
Too low Red The fresh-gas flow is too
Using the volumeter (minute volume low.
measurement)
 Check the fresh-gas
1 Touch the Start button (B) to start. flow.
The bar graph displays the individual
 Check the position of
measured breaths in segments (E). The
the breathing bag.
summed volume (D) is displayed next to the
bar graph. Refill bag Red The fresh-gas flow is too
2 Touch the Stop button (B) to stop. low.
3 To reset the volumeter and time display to zero,  Refill the breathing
touch the Reset button (B). bag immediately,
e.g., with O2 flush.
The volumeter stops automatically after
60 seconds. The measured values are displayed An insufficient fresh-gas flow may trigger the
for 4 minutes and then deleted. Fresh gas low or leakage or Emergency air inlet
activated alarms, for example.

Operation
Organizing the screen display
Available views Changing with the Views... button
Views
10475
Perseus offers two view settings for the monitoring
area:
– Standard view A
10474
A B
The three waveforms (A), (B), and (C) are

displayed along with their associated parameter
fields.
– Expert view
10473
1 Touch the Views... button. The Views dialog

window will be opened.
2 Touch the button for the desired view:
A Opens the standard view
B Opens the expert view
The views can be renamed, see page 150.
D E F G
Changing with the View button
1 2 3
In addition to the standard view, the four additional  Touch the View button.
parameter fields (D), (E), (F), and (G) are 1 2 3
The screen displays the second view .

displayed. 1 2 3
 Touch the View button.

1 2 3
The screen displays the third view .

Changing the current view  Touch the
1 2 3
View button.
1 2 3
Two buttons are available for changing the current The screen displays the first view .
view:
– Views... button
1 2 3
– View button

Operation
Customizing the current view Using loops
The monitoring area can be customized during The following loops are available:
operation: – Pressure-Volume loop
1 Touch a waveform or parameter field. The – Flow-Volume loop
Quick setup window opens.
10476
10402
Quick setup
B C
A B D
1 Open the Views dialog window.
2 For Content (A), select the desired content
from the list. 2 Touch the Loops button.
For a list of the possible screen content, see The following is displayed:
page 173. A Current loop and the last 5 loops
3 For Scale (B), select the desired scale. B Parameters:
– Cdyn
WARNING
– R
Risk of insufficient monitoring – TC
National and medical regulations require The area (E) can be configured so that the
certain parameters to be displayed. Pressure-Volume loop is displayed.
Always consider the relevant regulations
31735
when configuring the screen layout.
Restoring the current view

The changes in the current view can be reset to
the saved standard. E
2 Touch the Restore current view button.

Operation
Displaying or deleting reference loops Adjusting the sweep speed and the
 To save a reference loop, touch the Save ref. scale
button (C).
Or 1 Open the System setup dialog window.
 To delete the reference loop, touch the Delete 2 Touch the Screen layout > Waveforms
ref. button (D). tab (A).
These buttons are alternatively displayed in the System setup
10485
Quick setup window. A
B
Displaying mini-trends
C A
Mini-trends (B) can be displayed for the C C
waveforms (A).
C C
10477
B A
Setting the sweep speed
 Touch button (B). Set the sweep speed.
1 Open the Views dialog window. Adjusting the waveform scale

2 Touch the Mini-trends button.  To change the waveform scale, touch one of
Larger and more detailed graphic and numeric the buttons (C) and select the value.
trend displays, see page 109.
Displaying alarm limits and units of

measurement
The alarm limits and the units of measurement can

also be displayed in the waveform and parameter
fields.
10478

2 Touch the Limits & units button.

Operation
Changing the color scheme and the 3 To change the color scheme, touch one of the
screen brightness buttons at (B).
4 Set the screen brightness at (C).
1 Open the System setup dialog window.
2 Touch the Screen layout > General tab (A).
System setup
10479
A
B A
Displaying additional data
Viewing current measured values Logbook
During operation, measured values for ventilation, The logbook can save up to a maximum of 20000
gases, and the device are available in tabular entries. Logbook data are displayed in table form.
overviews. 1 Open the Trends/Data dialog window.
1 Open the Trends/Data dialog window. 2 Touch the Logbook tab (A).
2 Touch the Values tab (A).
Trends/Data
10480
The vertical tabs (B) display different combinations

of parameters. A
Trends/Data B C
10497
B
E
Use the rotary knob or the arrow buttons to scroll

the cursor (B) up (C) or down (D) in the logbook.
To scroll quickly, touch the gray area (E).

Operation
The entries in the logbook cannot be deleted and Moving the cursor
are retained even after the device has been
switched off and on again or following a power The exact measured values for a specific point in
supply failure. When the storage limit is reached, time can be displayed numerically in area (F). To
the oldest entries are overwritten. do so, move the cursor.
 Use the rotary knob to move the cursor (G).
Creating entries and associated settings, see
page 115. Or
 Touch the corresponding area on the screen.
Trends
Displaying installed options
Trends are displayed in the form of a graphic or a
table. Listing of the additionally installed software
1 Open the Trends/Data dialog window. options.
2 Touch the Graphical trends (A) or Tabular 1 Open the System setup dialog window.
trends tab (B). 2 Touch the Licenses/Options tab.
The following illustration shows the graphical
trend:
Displaying an overview of the
Trends/Data
10481
accessories and consumptions

A B
C 1 Open the System setup dialog window.
G F 2 Touch the System status tab.
Vertical tab Overview

Accessories Accessories (when
Dräger Infinity ID accesso-
D ries are used) and informa-
tion as to when the
E accessory must be
replaced.
The vertical tabs (C) display different combinations Supply Status display of the con-
of parameters. nected gas and power sup-
plies.
Zooming Consumption Gas consumption

During operation:
In both trend displays, the displayed time period – for the current case
can be enlarged or diminished. In Standby:
Changing the time period: – for the last case
 Touch one of the following buttons (D) – since the last reset
according to choice:
– Zoom + In Standby > System setup > System status >
– Zoom - Consumption, the gas consumption levels can be
reset to zero, see page 170.
Displaying the standard time period and the
current point in time:
 Touch the Reset zoom button (E).

Operation
Setting the sound volume
Setting alarm tone volume and System setup
10482
breathing sound volume
A
WARNING B
C A
Risk of operation error
The acoustic alarm signals might not be
heard if functions such as "Breathing sound"
are used or when operating in a noisy
environment.
Always set the alarm tone to be sufficiently
loud.
1 Open the System setup dialog window. Alarm tone volume

2 Touch the System > Sound volume tab (A).  Set the desired value for Alarm tone volume
(B).
Breathing sound volume (optional)

 Set the desired value for Breathing sound
volume (C).
Adjusting the alarms
Setting the alarm limits Quick setup

10402
For a current case, the alarm limits can be set in

two ways: A
– Setting via the Quick setup window
– Setting via the Alarms dialog window B
Setting via the Quick setup window

1 Touch the respective waveform or parameter
field. The Quick setup window opens.
2 Set the upper alarm limit (A).
3 Set the lower alarm limit (B).

Operation
Setting via the Alarms dialog window Activating or deactivating CO2 alarms
In the Alarms dialog window, the alarm limits can
be set either manually or automatically. The CO2 monitoring (affects the alarms for inCO2,
etCO2, and CO2 apnea) can be activated or
1 Open the Alarms dialog window. deactivated.
2 Touch the Limits tab (C). Deactivation is indicated in the header bar and in
Alarms
the parameter field by the symbol.
10483
C 1 Open the Alarms dialog window.
2 Touch the Settings tab (A).
Alarms
10465
A
D
B
E
F F F F G
Manual setting
1 Set the upper alarm limits (D).
2 Set the lower alarm limits (E).
3 For CO2 alarms, touch the button (B):
On: Alarms are activated.
Automatic setting Off: Alarms are deactivated
Alarm limits can be adapted to current measured Or
or setting values.  Use the CO2 alarms off button in the main
1 Touch the Autoset limits button in the main menu bar to activate or deactivate the alarms.
menu bar. This button is only visible in the following
The Autoset all button (G) is selected. ventilation modes:
2 Confirm to adapt the alarm limits for all – Manual / Spontaneous
parameters. – External fresh-gas outlet
Or – Pause
To adjust the alarm limits for an individual
parameter, touch one of the buttons Autoset The alarm system is immediately activated when
(F) and confirm. the CO2 monitoring is activated.
As an alternative, open the dialog window via

Alarms > Limits (B).
Only use the automatic setting when measured or
setting values are stable to prevent artifacts of the
adjustment algorithm.
The lower alarm limit for the xMAC level is also
adjusted during automatic setting, see page 112.
Configuration and algorithm, see page 154.

Operation
Automatic xMAC monitoring Deactivation of automatic xMAC

monitoring
Perseus provides monitoring of the xMAC level.
The monitoring is automatically activated as soon If the xMAC low alarm (D or G) is acknowledged
as the following conditions are met: with the ALARM RESET button (E or H), the
– Anesthetic gas is administered. monitoring is deactivated. This prevents renewed
alarms as a result of the anesthetic gas
– The inspiratory xMAC value is greater than the concentration continuing to fall at the end of
expiratory xMAC value. anesthesia (H). If the anesthesia is continued (E),
– The expiratory xMAC value reaches the monitoring will be automatically reactivated as
approximately 0.3. soon as the inspiratory xMAC value rises above
the expiratory xMAC value (F).
In CBM mode the lower alarm limit is adjusted both
13941
[0$& LQVS[0$&
H[S[0$&
upwards and downwards so that no alarm is
issued during this time. Similarly, the value is not
limited to 1.0 during this time.
ORZHUDODUPOLPLW

A BC DE F GH
If the xMAC value rises, the lower alarm limit for

the xMAC level will be automatically adjusted to
the anesthetic gas concentration after
activation (A). The lower alarm limit (B) can thus
reach a maximum value of 1.0.
The lower alarm limit can be recalculated by
touching the Autoset button (C). In special
anesthesia situations, the xMAC low alarm can be
adjusted in this way and consequently also exceed
the value of 1.0 if necessary.
If the expiratory xMAC value falls below the alarm
limit (D or G), Perseus generates the xMAC low
alarm with low priority. If the alarm is not
acknowledged with the ALARM RESET button,
the priority is raised to medium priority after
60 seconds.

Operation
Changing the patient data
Patient data can be changed during operation. 2 Make the desired changes.
1 Open the Patient dialog window. Changes influence, e.g., therapy suggestions, as
is recognizable by the position of the arrow at
Patient
the therapy controls.
10484
The current therapy settings remain unaffected.
When patient category is changed, age, weight,
and height are adapted as needed so they remain
within the described limits, see page 157.
Exporting data
General information Exporting trends and data
Prerequisite: USB flash drive is connected to the In the Standby mode, the following data can be
USB interface. exported to a USB flash drive:
During a saving process, the button is displayed as – System test results
activated (dark green). – Logbook
The data are stored in the "Draeger\ExportData" Selection from the following time periods is
directory. possible:
– Last case
– Today
Exporting the screen contents – All
– Alarm history
The screen contents can be exported to a USB
flash drive as a screenshot. – Trends
 Touch the Export screenshot button in the
main menu bar.
The screenshot will be saved as a ".png" file.

Operation
1 Open the Trends/Data dialog window. 3 Touch the desired button (B).
2 Touch the Export tab (A). The data will be saved as a ".txt" file.
Trends/Data
10496
A
B
B
B
Other settings
Switching the breathing system warmer When switching to Standby mode, the warmer is
on or off reset to the value configured in System setup.
CAUTION
The breathing system warmer should only be
switched off in special situations (e.g., for Risk due to faulty or switched-off breathing
intentional reduction of the body temperature of system warmer
the patient).
Increased condensation or accumulation of water
1 Open the System setup dialog window. in the breathing system and the hoses may
2 Touch the Therapy tab (A). occur.
System setup
Increase fresh-gas flow as required. Remove
10513
condensate from hoses, water traps, and

A breathing system regularly. Have service
personnel repair the faulty breathing system
B warmer.
CAUTION
Risk of inaccurate measured values
The accuracy of the flow measurement may be
compromised if the breathing system warmer is
switched off.
When the breathing system warmer is switched
off, do not make therapy decisions solely on the
3 To switch the warmer on or off, touch the
basis of the displayed values for flow and
corresponding button (B).
volume.

Operation
Creating additional logbook entries
The following events can create logbook entries

with measured values for the parameters etCO2,
MV, Pmean, PIP, Pplat, PEEP, FiO2, exp.
concentration of the primary anesthetic gas, and
etN2O:
– Adjustable time intervals
– Alarms with high or medium priorities
2 Touch the System > Logbook tab (A).
System setup
10486
A
A
3 Touch the corresponding button (B).
Resetting user-specific settings
Changes made in the System setup dialog

window during operation can be reset to the start
settings.
2 Open the corresponding dialog window.
3 Touch the System defaults button and
confirm.

Operation
Ending the therapy
Switching to the Standby mode WARNING

1 In the main menu bar, touch the Standby... Risk of a device fire
button.
If there is a fire on the patient side, the device
Or
may ignite.
Press the key below the screen.
2 In the Standby dialog window, confirm the If there is a fire, disconnect the device from
automatically selected Standby button. all oxygen-carrying supplies.
With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
WARNING
3 Close the flow control valves.
Risk due to overpressure
When the patient is connected to the outlet
Using O2 insufflation for O2 insufflation without a relief valve,
increased pressure may be applied to the
patient.
WARNING
Only connect the patient in a way that allows
Risk of fire excess gas to escape (e.g., through a relief
In combination with oxygen or nitrous oxide, valve).
ignition sources such as electrosurgical
devices and laser surgical devices can cause Electronically controlled gas mixer:
fires.
10359
– Prevent leakage, e.g., at endotracheal
tubes, laryngeal mask airways, face
masks, Y-piece, breathing system
including hoses, filters, and breathing
bag, at the external fresh-gas outlet, and
at the outlet for O2 insufflation. B
– Use only intact and leak-free hoses at the C
outlet for O2 insufflation. A
– Before beginning laser surgery or
electrosurgery, flush with sufficient air
(<25 % O2), and flush beneath the surgical Mechanically controlled gas mixer:
drapes as well.
– Close the flow control valve on the O2
20364
flowmeter to the end stop.

– When O2 outlets are in use (e.g., for
insufflation), do not use any ignition
sources in the immediate vicinity.
– Do not position oxygen sources in the
vicinity of ignition sources, e.g., electrical
B
connectors. A

Operation
Prerequisite:
– The appropriate accessory is connected to the
outlet for O2 insufflation (A).
– With electronically controlled gas mixer:
The O2 switch is horizontal in the Aux. O2
position (C).
Beginning O2 insufflation
 Open the flow control valve (B) of the
O2 flowmeter.
Ending O2 insufflation
 Close the flow control valve (B) of the
O2 flowmeter.

Operation
Change of patient
Cleaning and disinfecting the Vaporizer filling level

workstation  Check the vaporizer filling level at the sight
glass. If necessary, fill the vaporizer.
 Clean and disinfect the workstation according
to hospital hygiene regulations. Follow the
reprocessing instructions supplied with the CO2 absorber
product.  Check the coloration of the soda lime and
replace it if necessary, see page 76.
Checking or replacing consumables

Breathing hoses and filters
Prerequisite: Device is in Standby mode 1 Replace the hoses and filters according to
hospital hygiene regulations.
Sample gas measurement 2 Select and connect a suitable breathing circuit
and filters, see page 67.
WARNING
Risk of infection Checking the device
Used sample lines and water traps may be
infectious due to the breathing gases that Prerequisite: Device is in Standby mode
passed through them. 1 Perform the leakage test, see page 122.
– Replace the sample line regularly in the
following situations: 2 Flush the breathing system if necessary.
– If the sample line is connected to the
filter on the Y-piece, replace it daily.
Flushing the breathing system
– If there is no filter fitted to the Y-piece
and the sample line is connected
directly to the Y-piece, replace the With the Flush function, excess moisture and
sample line after every patient. residual anesthetic agent present in the breathing
– Remove the sample line from the water system and breathing circuit can be reduced by
trap. flushing with ambient air.
– Initially leave the water trap fitted to Prerequisite: Device is in Standby mode
prevent infectious fluid from spurting out.
Remove the water trap only after surface 1 Touch the Flush button. Alternatively, flushing
disinfection. can also be started via the Tests... button in
– Empty or replace the water trap according the main menu bar.
to its instructions for use. 2 Prepare the device according to the displayed
checklist.
1 Check the water trap of the sample gas 3 Touch the Start button.
measurement; empty or replace as needed.
4 After the end of flushing, the device switches to
2 When no filter is used, replace the sample line Standby mode.
and dispose of used sample lines. If necessary, end the flushing prematurely with
Cancel.

Operation
WARNING
Risk due to residual concentrations of
anesthetic agent
Even after flushing the breathing system and
breathing circuit, residual concentrations of
anesthetic agent might not be sufficiently
reduced.
For patients suspected of having malignant
hyperthermia, do not rely solely on the
flushing function.
For further information and recommendations for

therapy settings for patients with suspected
malignant hyperthermia, contact the responsible
national Dräger organization.
CAUTION
Risk of impaired ventilation due to faulty drying
function
The breathing system and breathing hoses may
still retain traces of moisture even after the
flushing and drying functions are performed.
Check the breathing system and breathing hoses
for condensate.

Tests
Tests
Information on the availability of individual

device functions ............................................ 121
Testing the device ......................................... 121

Available test types ......................................... 122
Performing the tests...................................... 123
Special characteristics of Dräger coaxial hoses
........................................................................ 123
System test and leakage test .......................... 123
Leakage assistant ........................................... 124
Completing the checklist .............................. 126
Prerequisites ................................................... 126
Vaporizers ....................................................... 127
Gas flow .......................................................... 128
Breathing circuit............................................... 130
Valves.............................................................. 130
Components .................................................... 131
Accessories ..................................................... 132

Tests
Information on the availability of individual device functions
 In the Standby mode, touch the Details... Color Meaning

button or the Tests... button.
Green Successfully tested, fully available
10411
Yellow A non-critical fault has been detected.
Test results Available tests
The device can be operated with
restricted function.
A Red A serious fault has been detected.
Operation is not possible or is forbid-
den.
Gray Function not tested.
System test - do not connect patient. WARNING

Risk due to faulty sensors
In the Test results list (A), the following If the sensors for flow, O2, N2O, CO2, or
information is displayed in color: anesthetic agent are not operational, the
– Influence of the individual device functions on patient will not be adequately monitored.
the availability of the entire device
Before using the medical device, ensure a
– Latest detected leakage values suitable substitute monitoring.
Testing the device
CAUTION WARNING
Risk due to device malfunction and/or patient Risk of patient injury
injury
During the system test, the system is
If the system test is canceled, it is possible that pressurized.
some malfunctions might not be detected. Thus,
To prevent patient injury, do not perform the
more attention is required during operation.
system test on the medical device if a patient
Perform the system test every day. If the system is connected.
test is canceled during execution, perform it
again as soon as possible.

Tests
Available test types
Test Type and Perform the test Description

duration
System test Auto- – Daily Initialization:
matic, – After service activities – Checking of components which fre-
about 8 quently cause operational restriction:
min e.g., high leakage, incorrect setting
of APL valve.
Test:
– Calibration of all valves and sensors
– Test of all device functions
– Includes the leakage test
– The test can be programmed, see
page 136
Leakage test Auto- – After filling the CO2 – Calculation of leakage, system com-
matic, absorber pliance, and system resistance
approx. – After changing the hose – Calibration of valves and flow sen-
2 min configuration (e.g., sors, if required. In this case, the test
changed hoses, is extended by approx. 3 minutes.
changed lengths of
extendable hoses etc.)
– After replacing the
breathing system
– After replacing the flow
sensors
Leakage assistant Manual, – After occurrence of prob- – Continuous display of the test pres-
as lems with leakage during sure and the leakage to support the
required automatic tests manual check. Changes are immedi-
– If leakage in breathing ately visible.
system and breathing – Leakage test of a connected vapor-
circuit is suspected izer
– If leakage at vaporizer is – Leakage test of the inner hose of a
suspected connected Dräger coaxial breathing
– If coaxial breathing cir- circuit. Use the coaxial test adapter
cuits are used for this. For more information, see
page 124.

Tests
Performing the tests
Special characteristics of Dräger coaxial 3 If all components are ready for operation, touch
hoses the button (B). The automatic test will start.
If a component is not ready for operation, touch
the button (C).
When using coaxial breathing hoses, always use The walk-through mode will start.
the leakage assistant to check the inner hose of
the coaxial breathing circuit for leakage prior to the
31887
system test or leakage test, see page 125. System test
System test and leakage test E

Prerequisite:
– Electronically controlled mixer: Central O2
supply or central Air supply is connected.
F F F F
– Mechanically controlled mixer: Central O2 System test - do not connect patient.
supply is connected.
– The anesthetic gas receiving system is
The components (E) are polled sequentially.
correctly connected.
Buttons (F) are used to document whether the test
The two tests consist of a checklist followed by an
passed.
automatic test.
The checklist can be presented in tabular form or Button Meaning
as a walk-through mode. Test passed
Button (D) can be used to switch from the tabular
Test failed
checklist to the walk-through mode.
Whether tests always start in the walk-through The automatic test starts after all the tests in the
mode can be specified in the system setup, see walk-through mode are complete.
page 166.
1 Touch the button for the required test.
System test Test results 31888
10414
System test
H
D
A G
System test - do not connect patient.

B C
System test - do not connect patient.
The test progress is displayed in area (G) while the
automatic test is running. All test results are
2 Complete the checklist (A), see page 126. displayed in area (H).

Tests
After the test, the final test result is displayed on Leakage assistant
the Standby page, see page 81.
Prerequisite when vaporizers are connected:
Test interruption due to irregularities – Vaporizer is vertically level and securely
mounted on the plug-in adapter.
If an irregularity is detected during the automatic
test, the following occurs: – Filling inlet is closed.
– The test is interrupted. In this test, a continuous pressure is generated
– An acoustic signal sounds. and the current leakage value is displayed.
– Information on the cause and remedy are
10514
displayed. Leakage assistant
Test details
A
10510
I
If the leakage value changes as a result of
J changes made to the device (e.g., loosening or
readjusting hose connections), this can help locate
Remedying the cause:
the cause of the leakage.
1 Remedy the cause of the interruption.
If there is leakage, the leakage assistant (K) The displayed leakage value may differ from the
can be used to support troubleshooting. value that was determined in the leakage test. The
reasons for this are the different measuring
2 Touch the Repeat button (I) and repeat the test methods and different pneumatic ranges.
of the component.
1 Touch the button for the test (Leakage
Accepting the irregularity: assistant).
 Touch the Accept button (J) and continue the 2 Follow the instructions (A).
test.
Accepted irregularities prevent the total result of Checking a vaporizer for leakage
the system test from indicating "fully operational"
and are protocoled in the logbook. Prerequisites:
– Gas mixer:
The flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter
is closed.
– With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
All flow control valves are closed.
– The vaporizers are closed.
– The breathing circuit is correctly connected.
– The APL valve is set to 30.

Tests
Perform the test: Prerequisites:

1 Touch the Start button. – Gas mixer:
– Wait until the leakage value is stable. – With electronically controlled gas mixer:
Memorize the value. The flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter
– Set the anesthetic gas concentration on the is closed.
vaporizer to >0.2 Vol% (>2 Vol% for – With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
desflurane). All flow control valves are closed.
– Wait until the leakage value is stable. – The vaporizers are closed.
Memorize the value.
– The APL valve is set to 30.
– If the two values differ from one another by
more than 50 mL/min, check the vaporizer Perform the test:
and the vaporizer interface for leakage. 1 Connect the connector (A) to the inspiratory
– Set the anesthetic gas concentration to port.
0 Vol%. 2 Connect the coaxial test adapter (B) to the
2 Touch the OK button to switch back to the expiratory port.
display of available tests. 3 Remove the elbow (C) from the hose. Connect
the connector (D) to the coaxial test
Checking a coaxial breathing hose for leakage adapter (B).
4 Touch the Start button.
The leakage assistant can be used to identify
leakage in the inner hose of a coaxial breathing – Wait until the leakage value is stable.
circuit. When Dräger coaxial breathing circuits are If the leakage value exceeds
used, the inner hose must be connected directly to 500 mL/min, use another breathing
the expiratory port using a test adapter. circuit.
5 Touch the OK button to switch back to the
display of available tests.
32385
6 Fully connect the breathing circuit.

– Remove the coaxial test adapter.
– Plug in the elbow again.
– Connect the connector (E) (expiration) to
the expiratory port.
A B – Perform the system test or the leakage test.
E C
D

Tests
Completing the checklist
This section describes how the checklist is
31878
processed, using as an example a device with an
electronic gas mixer and factory defaults.
The scope of the checklist can vary due to differing
system settings.
The instructions on the screen take precedence.
Prerequisites
31875
4 Close all the flow control valves.

B
31879
A
5 Set the O2 switch to Aux. O2.
1 Connect the hoses (A).
2 Seal the Y-piece (B).
31876
20 30 40
3 Set the APL valve to 30.

Tests
Vaporizers 2 Check the filling level in the sight glass. Refill

anesthetic agent if required.
For each vaporizer, check: When using a Dräger Vapor 3000 or
D-Vapor 3000 with the Vapor View option, a
yellow triangle on the screen indicates that the
31861
filling level has fallen below the refill mark.
31864
1 The locking lever points left, indicating the
vaporizer is locked.
3 The control dial is set to position 0 and the key
31863
is locked in placed.
31862
4 The filling inlet is closed.

Tests
Gas flow Gas cylinders
31868
WARNING
Risk due to impermissible gas supply
pressure
Impermissible gas supply pressures may
cause incorrect gas composition.
Check the supply pressures of the central gas
supply and of the gas cylinders before
operation.
WARNING
Risk due to impermissible gas supply
Using oxygen supplies with less than 100 %
O2 may cause incorrect gas composition. 1 Open the gas cylinder valves slowly.
Check that the displayed pressures are
When using O2, only use 100 % O2. sufficient.
When using pressure reducers without
WARNING electronic pressure measurement, read the
pressure from the pressure gauge.
Danger when using O2 concentrators
2 Close the gas cylinder valves.
The following effects may occur: On devices that are equipped with Advanced
– Discrepancies between the set value and Cylinder Support, the gas cylinder valves can
the actual value for fresh-gas flow and O2 remain open during operation. These devices are
concentration in the fresh gas identified by an appropriate label near the gas
– Inaccurate measured values for volume, inlets, see page 28.
anesthetic agent consumption,
econometer (optional), and low-flow
wizard
– Inaccuracy in the FiO2 prediction
– Inaccurate volume delivery in volume-
controlled ventilation modes
– Accumulation of argon in low-flow
operation and minimal-flow operation
Do not use any O2 concentrators.

Tests
Checking the emergency O2 delivery (with
31865
electronically controlled gas mixer)
Prerequisite: Y-piece is sealed.
10375
D C
A B
3 Close the flow control valve (C).
4 Reset O2 switch (D) to the Aux. O2 position.
1 Set O2 switch (A) to the Add. O2 position. Checking the flow control valves (mechanically
2 Open the flow control valve (B) of the O2 controlled gas mixer)
flowmeter and set the desired O2 flow.
42690
31866
1 Open the flow control valve for O2 and set a

flow of approximately 2 L/min.
– The breathing bag inflates.
– The inflow of gas is audible.
– The total flow tube shows the total fresh-
gas flow.
2 Repeat the settings for the Air and N2O flow
control valves.
3 Close all the flow control valves.
The breathing bag fills and the inflow of gas is

audible.

Tests
Breathing circuit
31899
Prerequisite:
– Breathing system is complete and locked.
– Breathing system cover is in place.
31900
E
3 Remove the water from the hoses.
G F Valves
Checking the O2 flush

1 Hoses (G) and filters, e.g., at the Y-piece (E),
are connected properly.
31901
2 Extendable hoses (F) are extended to the
foreseen application length.
NOTE
Do not change the length of flex hoses after the
test is done.
1 Press the O2+ key and keep it pressed until the

pressure exceeds 15 hPa.

Tests
Components
31866
Loudspeakers
31907
 Touch the button and wait for 2 acoustic
signals.
NOTE
If the acoustic signals are not emitted, contact
service personnel.
Bronchial suction
The breathing bag fills and the inflow of gas is
audible.
31905
31902
20 30 40
 Check the functional integrity of the bronchial

suction.
2 Lift the APL valve.
The pressure is released.

Tests
Manual resuscitator  Have the flow for the anesthetic gas

scavenging system set so that the red flow
indicator (A) floats in range (B) ("normal
31906
range").
When the flow indicator is floating in range (C)
("restricted range"), certain fresh-gas flow rates
should not be exceeded, see "Anesthetic gas
receiving system" in chapter "Technical data".
This can prevent contamination of the ambient
air.
Accessories
Soda lime
1 Make sure there is a manual resuscitator on
the device.
31922
2 Check the functional integrity of the manual
resuscitator.
Anesthetic gas receiving system

31904
1 Make sure that the soda lime is not discolored.

Change the soda lime if it is discolored or when
its maximum period of use has been reached,
see page 76.
When Infinity ID functionality is configured:

– Absorbers of the type Infinity ID CLIC
A Absorber will automatically be detected,
and the exchange date will automatically be
B set.
C When Infinity ID functionality is not configured:

– Absorbers will not be detected, e.g.,
reusable CO2 absorbers
 Update the exchange date manually: Touch
the Reset button after the soda lime has
been replaced.

Tests
Sample line
WARNING
Risk due to soda lime drying out
31923
The soda lime loses moisture. If the moisture
level falls below the minimum moisture level,
the following adverse reactions occur
regardless of the type of soda lime and the
inhalational anesthetic agent used:
Decreased CO2 absorption, increased
generation of heat in the CO2 absorber
resulting in increased breathing gas
temperature, formation of CO, absorption
and/or degradation of the inhalational
anesthetic agent.
– Do not use unnecessarily high fresh-gas
flows.
– Only use the O2 flush if necessary.
Only use the emergency O2 delivery if
necessary.
– With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
Do not leave the flow control valves open
unnecessarily long.  Connect the sample line.
NOTE
Only perform leakage tests with CLIC absorber
locked into place because this affects the system
compliance values.

Tests
Water trap
31921
1 Check the water level in the water trap.

2 Pay attention to the period of use of the water
trap and replace if necessary.
When Infinity ID functionality is configured:

– Water traps of type Infinity ID WaterLock 2
will automatically be detected and the
exchange date will automatically be set.
When Infinity ID functionality is not configured:
– Water traps will not be detected.
 Update the exchange date manually: Touch
the Reset button after a new water trap has
been installed.

Ending operation
Ending operation
Turning off the device ................................... 136

End of operation .............................................. 136
Programming the system test (Auto On option)
........................................................................ 136
Flushing and drying the breathing system
(Flush & Dry function)...................................... 137
Storing the device............................................ 137
Disconnecting the mains power supply ........... 137

Ending operation
Turning off the device
Dräger recommends shutting down Perseus End of operation

during longer periods of non-use such as overnight
or on weekends. This can lower power 1 Make sure that all flow control valves are
consumption and prolong the life span of the closed.
medical device without negatively influencing
device availability. 2 Press the button.
When shutting down the device, several functions 3 Follow the instructions on the screen.
are available to the user.
Function Programming the system test (Auto On

Auto On Prepares the device for auto- option)
(optional) matic start-up, including system
test. Using the Auto On function, the device can be
programmed so that it performs an automatic
Flush & Dry Flushes and dries the breathing
system test and is tested at a specific time.
system.
During the initialization, the Auto On function
checks the components that frequently cause
10676
irregularities: e.g., high leakage, incorrect setting

(QGRIRSHUDWLRQ of APL valve. After that, the device remains in the
Standby mode until the automatic system test, or
it is shut down.
Auto On preparation
1 Press the button.
2 Touch the Auto On preparation button.
Shut down Auto On
3 Prepare the device in accordance with the
Start instructions on the screen. For details on the
test steps, see page 126.
Initialization
4 Set the desired day and time when the device
should next be ready for operation.
5 Select whether the device should remain in
Standby mode or shut down.
Start Flush & Dry
6 Touch the Start button.
Immediate
shutdown Flush & Dry 7 Take note of any messages that appear.
After the Auto On initialization is complete, the time
remaining until the system test is displayed in the
Standby mode. When the device is being shut
2IIRUVWDQGE\ down, the corresponding symbol is shown in the
status display, see page 31.
For a final test of the operational readiness of the
For more information, see page 165. device, it is only necessary to perform some brief
manual checks after the automatic system test.

Ending operation
Flushing and drying the breathing

system (Flush & Dry function)
Dräger recommends always flushing the breathing

system before switching off to prevent damage or
failure due to residual anesthetic agent and
residual moisture.
During this process, first ambient air is used for
flushing because this does not dry out the soda
lime. Then a small amount of Air or O2 from the
central gas supply or the gas cylinders is used to
dissipate residual moisture.
1 Prepare the device in accordance with the
instructions on the screen.
2 Touch the Start Flush & Dry button.
3 If necessary, cancel the flushing with Cancel to
return to the Standby mode.
After the flushing procedure, Perseus shuts down
or remains in the Standby mode (Auto On option).
Storing the device
To store Perseus
1 Set the main switch to position 0.
2 Disconnect from mains power supply if
necessary.
Disconnecting the mains power supply
 Pull out the mains plug.

On the ceiling-mounted version, the corresponding
cable is labeled with Perseus.

Alarms
Alarms
Displaying alarms.......................................... 139

Optical alarm signals ....................................... 139
Acoustic alarm signals..................................... 139
Alarm priorities ................................................ 140
Response to alarms ...................................... 140
Displaying information on alarms .................... 140
Suppressing the alarm tone ............................ 141
Downgrading and acknowledging alarm
messages ........................................................ 141
Opening the alarm history ............................... 142
Adjusting the alarm limits ................................ 142
Adopting alarm settings when changing the
ventilation mode ............................................ 143
Activating the alarms related to volume .......... 144
Resetting the Apnea (no CO2) alarm .............. 144
Alarm delay and alarm escalation................ 144
Activation of alarms after breath detection. 147
Intelligent alarm behavior ............................. 147

Combined alarms ............................................ 147
Suppressed alarms ......................................... 147

Alarms
Displaying alarms
Alarms are signaled optically and acoustically. Acoustic alarm signals
It always is the alarm with the highest priority that

Optical alarm signals is acoustically signaled. The signal is emitted until
either the cause of the alarm is remedied or the
On the screen Audio paused key is pressed.
In the event of an alarm, the system displays the Depending on the overall alarm situation, it is
relevant alarm message in the alarm message possible that the 10-tone sequence for the high
field (A). The parameter field (B) for the alarm- alarm priority is only issued as a 5-tone sequence
generating parameter flashes. due to the coinciding occurrence of alarms.
Regardless of the set alarm volume, the No O2
A
10490
C delivery alarm is issued at maximum volume.
B B
B
B
B
B
Up to 8 alarms can be displayed simultaneously in

the alarm message field in the header bar (A). If
more alarms occur, the All alarms button (C) is
displayed in the header bar. Touching this button
opens the dialog window Alarms > Current
alarms with information about all active alarms,
see page 140.
On Dräger Vapor 3000

When the Vapor View option is installed, alarms
concerning the vaporizer are signaled by blinking
illumination on theDräger Vapor 3000 if their cause
can be remedied by adjusting or refilling the
vaporizer, for example:
– Inspiratory xMAC high
– Filling level of vaporizer low
– Vaporizer open
– xMAC low

Alarms
Alarm priorities
Perseus assigns the appropriate priority to each

alarm message.
The background color of the alarm message field
indicates the alarm priority of the active alarms.
The parameter field of the parameter triggering the
alarm flashes in the color matching the alarm
priority.
Background Alarm priority Marking Meaning

color
Red High !!! Immediate action is necessary in order to
avert imminent danger.
Yellow Medium !! Prompt action is necessary in order to
avert a danger.
Cyan Low ! Attention is necessary, but a delayed
response is sufficient.
Response to alarms
Displaying information on alarms 3 Refer to the information under Cause (C) and
Remedy (D) to remedy the error.
1 Touch the alarm in the header bar. A list of all possible alarms can be found in chapter
Or "Troubleshooting", see page 191
Open the Alarms dialog window and touch the
Current alarms tab (A).
Alarms
10488
A
B
C D
2 In the list (B), touch the corresponding alarm or

select it with the rotary knob.

Alarms
Suppressing the alarm tone Remedial message Effect
The alarm tone can be suppressed for a maximum Use "ALARM RESET" Alarm priority is
of 2 minutes. to downgrade alarm changed to low.
priority.
Use "ALARM RESET" Alarm is reset.
10362
to acknowledge alarm.
There are 2 options for downgrading or resetting

the alarms:
Option 1:
10495
A
Or
 Press the Audio paused key (A) below the Option 2:
screen, see page 19.
Alarms
10488
The symbol and the remaining time for the
suppressed alarm tone are displayed in the header B
bar.
After the alarm suppression has expired, the alarm
tone immediately resumes if the cause of the
alarm still exists.
While the alarm tone is suppressed, only those
alarms with a higher alarm priority or internal
priority rating are issued acoustically, see
page 191.
C
Reactivating the alarm tone
Option 1 Option 2
 Press the Audio paused key again.
Touch the ALARM In the Alarms > Cur-
RESET button (A) in the rent alarms dialog
Downgrading and acknowledging alarm header bar and confirm. window (B), touch the
Reset all button (C) and
messages confirm.
Some alarms can be downgraded to low priority or All the alarms displayed All alarms will be down-
can be cleared completely. The relevant alarms in the alarm message graded or reset.
can be identified in the table "Alarm – Cause – field will be downgraded
Remedy" on page 191 by the following remedial or reset.
messages:
After an alarm is downgraded, the respective
priority rating is maintained , see table "Alarm –
Cause – Remedy" on page 191.

Alarms
Opening the alarm history 1 Touch the parameter field (A).

The Quick setup window opens, and the alarm
The alarm history records all alarm messages for limit (B) that was violated is already selected.
the current case in chronological sequence.
Quick setup
10492
1 Open the Alarms dialog window.
2 Touch the Alarm history tab (A).
Alarms B
10489
A
2 Adjust the value (B) and confirm.

C Perseus can be configured so that the Quick
setup window opens automatically in the event of
an alarm, see page 155.
Use the rotary knob or the arrow buttons to scroll
the cursor up (B) or down (C).
The alarm history is deleted when Perseus is shut
down or a new case is started.
Adjusting the alarm limits
If an alarm is triggered because a lower limit or an

upper limit is transgressed, it might be necessary
to adjust the alarm limits. To do so, either set the
alarm limits, see page 110, or change the alarm
limits via the Quick setup window.
10491

Alarms
Adopting alarm settings when changing the ventilation mode
When the ventilation mode is changed, the alarm Some modes can be configured whether or not the
settings are also adapted. settings are adopted.
Depending on the mode, alarm settings can either However, the settings can be adjusted at any time
be adopted or set to Off. during operation.
Alarm or alarm Mode

limit
VC, Pause, Man/Spon, Ext. FGO CBM mode
VC - AF, PSV (optional) with (optional)
PC, ∆Psupp <5 hPa
PC - APRV (optional)
PSV (optional) with
∆Psupp
≥
5 hPa
FiO2 low
Alarm settings are adopted
inAgent high
Apnea (no CO2) Alarm settings are adopted
etCO2 high
Off
etCO2 low
inCO2 high
configurable, see page 156
FiO2 high Is restored or remains configurable, see
active page 156
inAgent low
xMAC low Not activated
Paw high Alarm settings are Alarm settings are
Paw low adopted adopted
Not mea-
MV high sured
configurable, see configurable, see
MV low page 156 page 156
Apnea (no flow)1)
Apnea (no pres-
On Off
sure)
1) This alarm is only activated when the MV low alarm limit is also activated.

Alarms
Activating the alarms related to volume – No sooner than 60 seconds after an Apnea
(no flow) or Apnea (no pressure) alarm.
The upper alarm limit for MV is deactivated at the In volume-controlled ventilation modes, the alarm
start of the ventilation, but can be set during the limit for the inspiratory tidal volume is automatically
ventilation. The upper alarm limit for VTi is set to 130 % of the set tidal volume.
automatically set to 130 % of the set VT in volume-
controlled ventilation modes. In pressure-
controlled ventilation modes, it is deactivated at
the start of the ventilation, but can be set during
Resetting the Apnea (no CO2) alarm
the ventilation.
When changing to a ventilation mode with higher
The MV low alarm is delayed in certain cases and respiratory support, the Apnea (no CO2) alarm is
is issued as follows: reset. If the apnea situation persists, an alarm
– No sooner than 90 seconds after a case starts, appears after the time specified in the table "Alarm
delay and alarm escalation".
– No sooner than 60 seconds after changing to a
mode with greater respiratory support, see
page 259.
Alarm delay and alarm escalation
To prevent unnecessary alarms, some alarms are

not displayed immediately after a limit violation, but
after a delay. In addition, certain circumstances
can cause the alarm priority to change.
Priority
Alarm
Low Medium High
inCO2 high
etCO2 high After two successive
etCO2 low --- respiratory phases ---
FiO2 high and 15 seconds
Inspiratory N2O high
After two successive
inAgent low respiratory phases --- ---
and 15 seconds
respiratory phases
and 15 seconds
FiO2 low --- --- or
after 30 seconds if no
respiratory phases are
detected

Alarms
Priority
Alarm
Low Medium High
respiratory phases
and 15 seconds
inAgent high --- or >165 seconds later
after 30 seconds if no
respiratory phases are
detected
longer than
30 seconds:
insp. MAC
≥
insp. MAC 3
≥ and
Inspiratory xMAC high --- 3 exp. MAC
for more than ≥
180 seconds 2.5
or
insp. MAC
≥
5
xMAC low 0 to 60 s >60 s ---
at the latest after
20 seconds
(for RR
≥
6) 15 seconds later
or (for RR
Apnea (no CO2)
Apnea (no flow)
At the latest after ≥
--- 35 seconds 6)
Apnea (no pressure)
(for RR <6) or
Apnea
or 30 seconds later
at the latest after (for RR <6)
65 seconds for the
Pause, Manual /
Spontaneous and Ext.
FGO modes
At the latest after 20 seconds
(15 seconds for RRmin
Apnea Ventilation ≥ ---
4)
(configurable, see page 155)
No CO2 detected >60 s --- ---
Inspiratory tidal volume high After 3 successive
--- ---
Tidal volume not achieved breaths

Alarms
Priority
Alarm
Low Medium High
> 15 seconds above
Airway press. continuously high --- --- the manually or auto-
matically set limit
Pmean < –2
Airway pressure negative --- --- or
Paw < –10
Airway pressure
>(PEEP +5 hPa)
PEEP/CPAP high --- ---
during more than 10
consecutive breaths
>15 seconds (for RR
≥
6)
Airway pressure not achieved --- ---
or
>30 s
(for RR <6 or PSV)
If a minute volume of
>50 % of the sug-
Cardiac bypass mode still gested value is mea-
--- ---
active? sured after CBM
mode has been acti-
vated for >60 seconds
after 30 s
or
in the event of the
additional alarm
"Apnea (no flow)" or
Breathing bag almost
Fresh gas low or leakage Breathing bag empty "Apnea (no pressure)"
empty
or
in the event of the
additional alarm
"Emergency air inlet
activated"
O2 measurement not available
N2O measurement not available
Agent measurement not avail-
able
O2 measurement temporarily
inaccurate
CO2 sensor accuracy low >20 s --- ---
Agent measurement temporar-
ily inaccurate
N2O measurement temporarily
inaccurate
Measured gas concentrations
temporarily inaccurate

Alarms
Activation of alarms after breath detection
If no breaths have been detected even after the CO2 waveform, and the symbol "Alarm
leaving the Standby or Pause modes, the temporarily inactive" is displayed beside the
breathing gas is monitored with regard to an O2 relevant parameters.
concentration that is too low or an anesthetic gas
Once 2 breaths have been detected, the message
concentration that is too high, regardless of the
and the symbol disappear. Only then, the
respiratory phase. At the same time, the message
respiratory-phase-dependent O2, CO2, N2O, and
Waiting for respiratory phases is displayed in
anesthetic gas alarms are completely activated.
Intelligent alarm behavior
Combined alarms
If multiple alarms occurring at the same time are

caused by the same problem, they are combined
into one alarm.
Problem Alarms occurring at the same Combined alarm

time
Apnea (no flow)
Several causes of apnea are
Apnea (no pressure) Apnea
present.
Apnea (no CO2)
Faults in multiple components. Example:
This causes failure of a system Insp. press. sensor failure Ventilator failure
function. Exp. press. sensor failure
Suppressed alarms
Some low-priority alarms indicate a fault in a

measurement function. If this measurement
function monitors physiological parameters, alarms
based on these parameters will not be generated.
Example:
Fault Displayed alarm Non-generated alarm

CO2 measurement is faulty Sample line occluded Apnea (no CO2)

Configuration
Configuration
Device settings .............................................. 149

Factory settings ............................................... 149
Start settings ................................................... 149
User-specific settings ...................................... 149
Setting the date and time.............................. 149
Defining the start settings ............................ 150

Adjusting the settings ...................................... 150
System setup > Screen layout......................... 150
System setup > Alarms ................................... 152
System setup > Therapy ................................. 157
System setup > Licenses/Options ................... 163
System setup > System................................... 164
Resetting the start settings .............................. 170
Resetting the consumptions ............................ 170
General device information ............................. 170
Transferring device configurations ............. 171
Importing the configuration.............................. 171
Exporting the configuration.............................. 171
Activating software options ......................... 172
Loading the activation code from a USB flash
drive................................................................. 172
Entering the activation code ............................ 172
Activating the licensed software option ........... 172
Overview of configurable screen contents . 173
Waveforms and associated parameter fields .. 173
Parameter fields .............................................. 174

Configuration
Device settings
Factory settings If required, Perseus can be delivered with start

settings that may differ from the factory settings.
Dräger delivers Perseus with factory settings that
are used when starting the device for the first time.
Service personnel can reset the device to the User-specific settings
factory settings.
User-specific settings can be adjusted by the user
without a configuration password. The settings
Start settings take effect immediately but are discarded at the
latest after a device restart.
Start settings take effect after every restart of the
device or when starting a new case (touching one
of the New adult, New pediatric or New neonate
buttons). The start settings can be adjusted after
the configuration password is entered.
Setting the date and time
A If time synchronization is not set, the time can be

10410
changed manually:
 Touch field (A).
Or
 Set the date and time in the system setup.
The source for the time synchronization can also
be set in the system setup. For more information,
see page 164.
Standby
Perseus can adopt the time from a network or from

a device connected via MEDIBUS. The time
synchronization takes place shortly after switch-on
and at regular intervals thereafter.

Configuration
Defining the start settings
As soon as a vertical tab is selected, entry of the Adjusting the settings

configuration password is required to access the
settings in the System setup dialog window. The following tables show all the setting
For information on the configuration password, see possibilities in the System setup dialog window.
page 285. The respective factory settings are marked in bold
format.
System setup > Screen layout
Vertical tab "General"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Color scheme Day light; Day dark; Night Set the color scheme, see page 43
Screen brightness 10 to 100 Set the screen brightness.
80
Vertical tab "Views"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Rename views 1 Standard; 2 Expert; 3 Expert Specify names for screen layouts.
Touch the button with the respec-
tive screen layout, enter the new
name on the screen keyboard, and
confirm with the button or with
the rotary knob.
Number of wave- 3; 4
forms (view 3)
Default view 1 Standard; 2 Expert; 3 Expert Specify the standard view.
Save as system Current view Save current screen layout.
defaults (only available during operation)
All views Save all screen layouts.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Waveforms"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Sweep speed 6.25; 12.5; 25 6.25; 12.5; 25 6.25; 12.5; 25 Specify sweep speed.
[mm/s]
VT scale Auto; Auto; Auto; Specify scale for volumeter.
[mL] 0 to 10; 0 to 10; 0 to 10;
0 to 50; 0 to 50; 0 to 50;
0 to 150; 0 to 150; 0 to 150;
0 to 500; 0 to 500; 0 to 500;
0 to 1000; 0 to 1000; 0 to 1000;
0 to 2000 0 to 2000 0 to 2000
Flow scale Auto Auto Auto Specify scale for flow waveform.
[L/min] -5 to 5 -5 to 5 -5 to 5
-10 to 10; -10 to 10; -10 to 10;
-30 to 30; -30 to 30; -30 to 30;
-60 to 60; -60 to 60; -60 to 60;
-120 to 120 -120 to 120 -120 to 120
O2 scale Auto; Specify scale for O2 waveform.
[%] 0 to 100; 15 to 35; 25 to 45; 35 to 55;
45 to 65; 55 to 75; 65 to 85; 75 to 95;
85 to 105
CO2 scale [%]; [kPa]: Auto; 0 to 6; 0 to 12 Specify scale for CO2 waveform.
[mmHg]: Auto; 0 to 50; 0 to 100
Paw scale Auto; -5 to 20; -7.5 to 30; -10 to 40; -20 to 80 Specify scale for the Paw wave-
[mbar]; [hPa]; form.
[cmH2O]
Agent prediction Full range; 0 to 2 xMAC; 0 to 1 xMAC Specify scale for anesthetic gas
scale prediction.
Flow-volume loop ISO standard; Dräger Specify coordinate axes for
flow/volume loop display.
Vertical tab "Colors"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
CO2; Default color; color palette with 7 additional Specify parameter colors.
Paw; colors
Flow, volume
O2; Default color; ISO color
Agent

Configuration
System setup > Alarms
Vertical tab "Alarm limits"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Alarm limits for ventilation and gases for each patient category
FiO2 [%] 19 to 99; 19 to 99; 19 to 99; Inspiratory oxygen fraction
Off Off Off
90
FiO2 [%] 18 to 98 18 to 98 18 to 98
20 20 20
etCO2 Expiratory CO2 concentration
[%]; [kPa] 0.1 to 9.8; 0.1 to 9.8; 0.1 to 9.8;
Off Off Off
7.0 7.0 7.0
[mmHg] 1 to 75; 1 to 75; 1 to 75;
Off Off Off
53 53 53
etCO2
[%]; [kPa] Off; Off; Off;
0.0 to 9.7; 0.0 to 9.7; 0.0 to 9.7;
[mmHg] Off; Off; Off;
0 to 74 0 to 74 0 to 74
inCO2 Inspiratory CO2 concentration
[%]; [kPa] 0.1 to 1.4; 0.1 to 1.4; 0.1 to 1.4;
Off Off Off
1.0 1.0 1.0
[mmHg] 1 to 10; 1 to 10; 1 to 10;
Off Off Off
8 8 8
Paw high 5 to 99 5 to 99 5 to 99 Airway pressure
[mbar]; [hPa]; 40 25 20 If the airway pressure is above the
[cmH2O] set value for Paw low for longer
than 15 s, the alarm Airway press.
Paw low Auto; Auto; Auto; continuously high is issued. If the
[mbar]; [hPa]; 3 to 97 3 to 97 3 to 97 setting Auto is selected, the lower
[cmH2O] alarm limit is automatically
adapted to the set value for PEEP.
inSev 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 Sevoflurane
[%]; [kPa] 4.40 5.10 6.70
inSev Off; Off; Off;

[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Alarm limits for ventilation and gases for each patient category
inDes 0.1 to 20.0 0.1 to 20.0 0.1 to 20.0 Desflurane
[%]; [kPa] 12.5 14.5 19.0
inDes Off; Off; Off;

[%]; [kPa] 0.0 to 19.9 0.0 to 19.9 0.0 to 19.9
inEnf 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 Enflurane

[%]; [kPa] 3.60 4.10 5.40
inEnf Off; Off; Off;

[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85
inIso 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 Isoflurane

[%]; [kPa] 2.40 2.80 3.70
inIso Off; Off; Off;

[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40
inHal 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 Halothane

[%]; [kPa] 1.60 1.90 2.40
inHal Off; Off; Off;

[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40
Vertical tab "Alarm tone volume"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Alarm tone volume 10 to 100 Set the alarm tone volume.

40
Minimum alarm tone 10 to 100 Set the minimum volume with
volume 10 which an alarm tone will be sig-
naled.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Autoset limits"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Offset for "Autoset limits" function

Automatic adjustment of the parameters to current measured values, see
page 111
By touching the Autoset button, the alarm limits are adjusted so that the upper
alarm limit is above the current measured value by at least the percentage or
value set here and the lower alarm value is correspondingly below it.
Example:
In the PC - CMV mode:
measured MV: 5 L/min
set offset: ±40 %
new alarm limits: 7 and 3 L/min
etCO2 Off; 20 to 80 In modes with low or no breathing
± 20 support (Man / Spon, Ext. FGO
[%] (optional), CPAP / PSV (optional)
and Pause), a further
20 percentage points are added to
the configured value.
Paw Off; 5 to 20 The following parameters are
+ [mbar]; [hPa]; 5 taken into account when determin-
[cmH2O] ing the Paw value: PIP, Pplat,
Pinsp, PEEP, ∆Psupp and Phigh.
In the Man / Spon and Pause
modes, the new alarm limit is at
least 25 hPa.
MV Off; 20 to 80 In modes with low or no breathing
± 40 support (Man / Spon, CPAP / PSV
[%] (optional) and Pause), a further 20
percentage points are added to
the configured value.
VTi + [%] Off; 20 to 80 The setting for this parameter has
40 no effect in volume-controlled ven-
tilation modes.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Alarm config. 1"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
General alarm behavior

Open "Quick setup" On; Off Opens the Quick setup window
if alarm occurs automatically in the event of an
alarm.
"Second agent On; Off Issues an alarm when an anes-
detected" alarm thetic gas mixture is detected.
"xMAC low" alarm On; Off Activate the xMAC low alarm.
"FiO2 too high for 50; 25 to 90 Set the FiO2 value that is consid-
neonates" thresh- ered critical for neonates. If this
old value [%] value is exceeded for a certain
time, the FiO2 too high for neo-
nates alarm will be triggered.
"FiO2 too high for Off; 0:10 to 9:50 Set the time after which the FiO2
neonates" alarm 0:15 too high for neonates alarm will be
after [h:mm] triggered.
Priority of "Apnea Medium; Low Specify the alarm priority when the
ventilation" alarm set minimum respiratory rate is not
reached in PSV ventilation mode.
Alarm behavior in "Pause" mode
Priority of "Pause High; Medium; Low Specify the alarm priority for the
time expired" alarm alarm that is issued when the time
set in the Pause mode has
expired.
Default value for 0:30 to 02:00 0:30 to 02:00 0:30 to 02:00 Specify default time for Pause.
"Timer" [mm:ss] 2:00 1:00 0:30

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Deactivate the alarm limit when activating Man/Spon, CPAP, The CPAP and CPAP / PSV
CPAP/PSV with ∆Psupp < 5, or Pause? modes are optional.
FiO2 high Yes; No Yes; No Yes; No Specifies the alarm behavior when
changing to a different ventilation
MV low Yes; No
mode.
MV high Yes; No These settings apply only to a
change to a ventilation mode with
xMAC low Yes; No
lower or no breathing support (see
etCO2 low Yes; No page 259).
The alarm behavior at the start of
etCO2 high Yes; No
the therapy is defined by the con-
inCO2 high Yes; No figuration in the vertical tab Alarm
limits.
inAgent low Yes; No
Deactivate the alarm limit in cardiac bypass mode (CBM)?
FiO2 high Yes; No Specify alarm behavior in CBM
mode.
MV low Yes; No
MV high Yes; No
inAgent low Yes; No
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Alarm limits for "Cylinder almost empty"

O2 [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 50 Specify alarm limits for supply
20 pressure of connected gas cylin-
[psi]: Off; 218 to 725 ders.
290
Air [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 50
20
[psi]: Off; 218 to 725
290
N2O [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 40
20
[psi]: Off; 218 to 580
290

Configuration
System setup > Therapy
Vertical tab "Vent. 1"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Default ventilation Buttons with available ventilation modes Specify the default ventilation
mode Man/Spon mode at start of therapy.
VT and RR start settings Specify the tidal volume and respi-
ratory rate.
Based on Patient category; Ideal body weight
Selected: Specify tidal volume and respira-
[Patient category] tory rate based on patient cate-
gory.
VT 20 to 2000 20 to 2000 20 to 2000
[mL] 500 150 50
RR 3 to 100 3 to 100 3 to 100
[1/min] 12 20 30
Selected: Specify the tidal volume and respi-
[Ideal body weight] ratory rate based on ideal body
weight.
VT 20 to 2000
Set the tidal volume and the respi-
[mL] 100 kg (220 lbs): 700
ratory rate for the supporting
75 kg (165 lbs): 520
points 5; 15; 75; 100 kg (11; 33;
15 kg (33 lbs): 110
165; 220 lbs).
5 kg (11 lbs): 35
For calculated values for ideal
RR 3 to 100 body weight values that lie
[1/min] 100 kg (220 lbs): 10 between these four supporting
75 kg (165 lbs): 12 points, the start settings for tidal
15 kg (33 lbs): 26 volume and respiratory rate are
5 kg (11 lbs): 32 interpolated linearly. For ideal
weight values lying outside these
supporting points, calculation pro-
ceeds with the values of the high-
est or lowest supporting point.
The start settings for VT and RR influence the start The "offset" value corresponds to the respective
values of the alarm limits for MV high, MV low, and offset setting for automatic alarm adjustment. The
VTi high: "offset" value can be set in the System setup >
Alarms > vertical tab Autoset limits.
MV high = VT x RR x (1 + offset);
minimal: 2.0 L/min The following applies in volume-controlled modes:
MV low = VT x RR x (1 – offset); VTi high = 130 % x VT

minimal: 0.3 L/min
VTi high = VT x (1 + offset)

Configuration
Vertical tab "Vent. 2"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Start settings for ventilation Specify start settings for the venti-
lation.
Pmax 7 to 80 7 to 80 7 to 80
[mbar]; [hPa]; 40 30 25
[cmH2O]
Pinsp 3 to 80 3 to 80 3 to 80
[mbar]; [hPa]; 15 15 15
[cmH2O]
∆Psupp Off; Off; Off;
[mbar]; [hPa]; 1 to 80 1 to 80 1 to 80
[cmH2O] 10 10 10
Insp. term. 5 to 80 5 to 80 5 to 80
[%PIF] 25 25 25
PEEP Off; Off; Off;
[mbar]; [hPa]; 2 to 35 2 to 35 2 to 35
[cmH2O] 3 3 3
Slope 0 to 2 0 to 2 0 to 2
[s] 0.2 0.2 0.2
RRmin Off; Off; Off;
[1/min] 3 to 25 3 to 25 3 to 25
6 10 15
I:E 1:50 to 50:1 1:50 to 50:1 1:50 to 50:1
1:2.0 1:2.0 1:1.0
%Tplat 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60
[%] 20 20 20
Trigger 0.3 to 15 0.3 to 15 0.3 to 15
[L/min] 4.0 2.0 1.0
Sync. On; Off On; Off On; Off

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Start settings for APRV (optional)

Phigh 3 to 80 3 to 80 3 to 80
[mbar]; [hPa]; 15 15 15
[cmH2O]
Plow Off; Off; Off;
[mbar]; [hPa]; 2 to 35 2 to 35 2 to 35
[cmH2O] 3 3 3
Tlow 0.2 to 10 0.2 to 10 0.2 to 10
[s] 4.0 2.0 1.0
Thigh 0.2 to 10 0.2 to 10 0.2 to 10
[s] 2.0 1.0 1.0
Slope 0 to 2 0 to 2 0 to 2
[s] 0.0 0.0 0.0
Vertical tab "Proced. 1"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
General settings
Default maneuver One-step recruitment; Multi-step recruitment; Defines the default maneuver.
Insp./Exp. hold
Reminder Off, 10 to 180 Off, 10 to 180 Off, 10 to 180 If the value is not set to Variable , a
[min] reminder for a maneuver is given
after the first switch to a controlled
ventilation mode. Defines the time
after which, following the end of a
One-step recruitment or Multi-step
recruitment maneuver, a reminder
for a further maneuver is given.
Layout
Displayed parame- Cdyn; VT Defines which additional parame-
ter ter is displayed in the One-step
recruitment and Multi-step recruit-
ment dialogs.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Proced. 2"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Default settings for one-step recruitment

Pressure PEEP + 1 to PEEP + 1 to PEEP + 1 to Sets the pressure level for the
[mbar]; [hPa]; 80 80 80 maneuver.
[cmH2O] 30 25 20
Duration 3 to 40 3 to 40 3 to 40 Sets the duration of the maneuver.
[s] 30 15 5
Default settings for multi-step recruitment
PEEP max PEEP to 35 PEEP to 35 PEEP to 35 Sets the maximum PEEP pressure
[mbar]; [hPa]; 20 15 12 for the maneuver.
[cmH2O]
Pinsp max 15 to 80 15 to 80 15 to 80 Sets the maximum inspiratory
[mbar]; [hPa]; 35 30 25 pressure for the maneuver.
[cmH2O]
∆Pressure 5 to 30 5 to 30 5 to 30 Sets the pressure difference
[mbar]; [hPa]; 10 10 10 between Pinsp and PEEP with
[cmH2O] which pressure-controlled ventila-
tion is carried out.
If PEEP max or Pinsp max is
reached in the course of the
maneuver, the pressure difference
will be reduced in steps until the
other set value is also reached.
The smallest possible value must
be at least 3 above the set value
for the pressure rise for each level.
Breaths/Step 1 to 20 1 to 20 1 to 20 Number of breaths at a pressure
3 4 5 level during the increase or reduc-
tion
Breaths@Max 1 to 20 1 to 20 1 to 20 Number of breaths at the Pinsp
6 8 10 max pressure level
Pressure rise per 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 Specifies the pressure by which
step 5 4 3 PEEP and Pinsp will be increased
[mbar]; [hPa]; in steps.
[cmH2O]
Pressure decrease 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 For PEEP >15: Specifies the pres-
per step when 5 4 3 sure by which PEEP and Pinsp will
PEEP > 15 be reduced in steps.
[mbar]; [hPa];
[cmH2O]

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Pressure decrease 1 to 10 1 to 10 1 to 10 For PEEP ≤15: Specifies the pres-

per step when 2 2 2 sure by which PEEP and Pinsp will
PEEP ≤ 15 be reduced in steps.
[mbar]; [hPa];
[cmH2O]
Vertical tab "Fresh gas" (only with electronically controlled gas mixer)
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Start settings for fresh gas Select start settings for the fresh-
gas delivery.
FG O2 21 to 100 21 to 100 21 to 100 Set the O2 concentration.
[%] 100 100 100
FG flow 0.20 to 15.00 0.20 to 15.00 0.20 to 15.00 Set the flow.
[L/min] 2.00 2.00 2.00
Minimal O2 flow Off, 50 to 300 Off, 50 to 300 Off, 50 to 300 Set the minimum O2 flow that is
(carrier gas: Air) Off Off Off delivered when Air is used as car-
[mL/min] rier gas.
Do not set this value too small;
recommended is, e.g., 200 for
adults, 100 for pediatric patients,
and 50 for neonates.
Minimal O2 flow 50 to 300 50 to 300 50 to 300 Set the minimal O2 flow that is
(carrier gas: N2O) 200 200 200 delivered when N2O is used as
[mL/min] carrier gas.
Do not set this value too small;
recommended is, e.g., 200 for
adults, 100 for pediatric patients,
and 50 for neonates.
Carrier gas Air; N2O Air; N2O Air; N2O Set the carrier gas.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Patient"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Default selection for Continue case; Load patient data: The button that
"Start" dialog New adult; New pediatric; New neonate is selected here is preselected the
first time the Start dialog window is
opened or after changes to the
system setup.
Weight Specify start settings for:
[kg] 30 to 300 5 to 50 0.4 to 10 – Patient weight
80 25.0 3.0
[lbs] 67 to 661 12 to 110 0.9 to 22 – Patient height
176 55 6.6 – Patient age
Height If the Height parameter is config-
[cm] 120 to 300 50 to 300 Off; 20 to 80 ured to Off for the New neonate
185 100 Off patient category, the correspond-
[in] 48 to 118 20 to 118 Off; 8 to 31 ing setting control will not be dis-
73 39 Off played in the Start dialog window.
Age [years, Neo: 12 to 130 0 to 16 0 to 24
months] 32 8 6
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Pinsp changes with On; Off Changing PEEP automatically

PEEP changes Pinsp, so that the differ-
ence between PEEP and Pinsp
remains constant.
Ti changes with RR On; Off Changing the respiratory rate
(I:E ratio is locked) automatically changes Ti, so that
the I:E ratio remains constant.
Breathing system On; Off Switch breathing system warmer
warmer on or off.
Auto wake-up On; Off The Start dialog window opens
automatically when ventilation
activity is detected (e.g., by
squeezing the breathing bag sev-
eral times).

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Enable pause mode On; Off Select whether Pause mode or

(deactivates moni- Monitoring mode should be avail-
toring mode) able.
On: Pause mode is available. The
mode has an adjustable timer,
after which an alarm is generated.
Pause can be activated from
standby and from all ventilation
modes.
Off: Monitoring mode is available.
Monitoring can be activated from
Standby mode and from Man/Spon
mode.
System setup > Licenses/Options
Vertical tab "Licenses/Options"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Licenses for software options – Overview of available and

active software options.
– Activating software options.
For more information, see
page 172
Gas supply
Disable N2O On; Off A device with connectors for
nitrous oxide can be configured so
that nitrous oxide is no longer dis-
played, nor can it be selected as a
carrier gas.
Prerequisite:
– Current carrier gas is Air
– Nitrous oxide is not connected
or available
To make the settings, restart Per-
seus if necessary.
On: Nitrous oxide cannot be deliv-
ered.
Off: Nitrous oxide can be deliv-
ered.

Configuration
System setup > System
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Language List of available languages Select language.

English (United States) A flag symbol identifies the tabs
that lead to the page with the lan-
guage settings.
Time source MEDIBUS 1; MEDIBUS 2; NTP server; None Select source for time synchroni-
zation.
Prerequisite: Connected device
supports this function.
IP address 4 numeric fields Enter the IP address of the NTP
server and confirm.
Date and time day; month; year Set the date and time. The change
hour; minute is applied on leaving the "General"
vertical tab.
Automatic switch to On; Off Activate or deactivate automatic
daylight savings switching to daylight saving time.
time
OR working hours Hour : Minute to Hour : Minute Set the working hours of the oper-
6:30 to 18:30 ating room.
During this time, the gas measure-
ment is kept in a preheated and
calibrated state so measured val-
ues are available after only a short
waiting period. However, this
decreases the life span of the
patient gas measurement module.
Device name Rename Change system name to, e.g.,
Device name (up to 16 alphanumeric charac- enter the installation site.
ters)
Perseus
Configuration pass- Change password Change the configuration pass-
word word.
Reset all pages to Factory defaults Reset all the settings for the Sys-
tem setup dialog window to the
factory settings.

Configuration
Vertical tab "Units"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Weight kg; lbs Set units.

Height cm; in
Airway pressure mbar; hPa; cmH2O
Supply pressure bar; kPa×100; psi
CO2 %; kPa; mmHg
Volatile agents %; kPa
Vertical tab "Auto On/Flush & Dry"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Auto On Set the Auto On option. Perseus

provides a calendar function
Day and time Monday to Sunday; Hour : Minute
which, when the device is shut
Monday to Friday: 6:30
down, suggests the next time the
Saturday & Sunday: Off
device should be ready for use,
When completed Standby/ Shut down depending on the weekday. To
activate the automatic ready-for-
use time for any desired day,
select the corresponding day and
set the time, see page 136.
Pay attention to the correct setting
of the gas supplies to be tested,
see page 166.
Flush & Dry
Flush duration Off; 1 to 5 Set the flush cycle duration, e.g.,
between cases 2 at patient change.
[min] Off:
Flush function is deactivated.
Flush & Dry dura- Off; 5 to 30 Set the duration of flushing and
tion before shut- 10 drying when the device is shut
down [min] down.
Off:
Drying function is deactivated.

Configuration
Vertical tab "System test"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
General
Always use walk- On; Off When this function is switched on,
through mode system tests and leakage tests will
always be executed in walk-
through mode.
Sample line is con- On; Off Specify whether the sample line is
nected during test connected to the Y-piece or to the
filter on the Y-piece during the
automatic tests.
When On is configured, the device
can automatically check whether,
e.g., breathing hoses or central
supply hoses are incorrectly con-
nected.
When Off is configured, additional
checks are required during the
system test.
Test gas supply
Central O2 supply On; Off Select which gas supplies are
tested during the automatic sys-
Central Air supply On; Off
tem test.
Central N2O supply On; Off If Auto On is configured, only
check the gas supplies whose
O2 cylinder On; Off
actual availability is guaranteed
Air cylinder On; Off after the automatic start-up. Set-
ting both O2 sources to Off - in
N2O cylinder On; Off
order to make the system test suc-
ceed - is not possible.
Verify O2 delivery On; Off Select whether the system test will
check that the O2 supply is actu-
ally delivering oxygen.
The Sample line is connected
during test parameter must also be
set to On for this.

Configuration
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Test breathing circuit

Test correct assem- On; Off Select whether the automatic test
bly of breathing will check that the breathing circuit
hoses and Y-piece is correctly connected.
During this test, a check is made
as to whether the breathing gas
can flow from the inspiratory port
via the Y-piece to the expiratory
port.
If Sample line is connected during
test is set to On, this test is carried
out fully automatically. If Sample
line is connected during test is set
to Off, additional manual checks
are required.
Vertical tab "Logbook"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
A logbook entry with measured values is created Create additional logbook entries
with measured values.
Every 1 min; 2 min; 5 min; 10 min; 15 min Create entries regularly.
For all high-priority On; Off Create entries for alarms.
alarms
For all medium-pri- On; Off
ority alarms
Vertical tab "Sound volume"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Alarm tone volume 10 to 100 Set the alarm tone volume.

40
Minimum alarm tone 10 to 100 Set the minimum volume with
volume 10 which an alarm tone will be sig-
naled.
Breathing sound Off; 10 to 100 Set the breathing sound volume.
volume (optional) 50

Configuration
Vertical tab "Interfaces"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
LAN Configure the network.

DHCP On; Off Make network settings.
When using DHCP, consult with IT
IP address XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX
personnel to ensure that Perseus
Subnet mask XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX is always assigned the same IP
address by the DHCP server.
Default gateway XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX
Restart the device after each
change to the network settings.
The network settings are not
affected by a reset to factory set-
tings.
Accept the changes to IP address,
Subnet mask, or Default gateway
with the Apply button. The
changes are only active after the
device has been restarted.
MAC address Displays the MAC address.
COM 1 Configure the COM interfaces.
A baud rate of 19200 or 38400 is
Protocol MEDIBUS.X; None
required for transmission of high-
Baud rate 1200; 2400; 4800; 9600; 19200; 38400 speed data, e.g., for waveforms.
COM 2
Protocol MEDIBUS.X; None
Baud rate 1200; 2400; 4800; 9600; 19200; 38400
USB Activate or deactivate the USB
interface.
USB interface On; Off

Configuration
Vertical tab "Infinity ID"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
Monitoring of Infinity ID accessories

Breathing circuit On; Off Activate or deactivate the
Infinity ID functionality.
Water trap On; Off
On:
Flow sensors On; Off – Generates a message when
CO2 absorber On; Off the maximum period of use is
exceeded
– Generates a message when
Infinity ID breathing hoses are
incorrectly connected
Off:
– Messages are suppressed.
Exchange interval [days]
Breathing circuit Off; 2 to 9 Set the exchange intervals for
2 Infinity ID accessories.
Water trap Off; 28
Flow sensors Off; 1 to 180
90
CO2 absorber Off; 1 to 28
7
Vertical tab "Service"
Setting range
Headline/
Description
Parameter
The following functions are avail-

able after the appropriate creden-
tials have been entered:
– Access to the service dialog

Configuration
Resetting the start settings General device information
Certain tabs in the System setup dialog window Further information is displayed in Standby >
have a button for resetting the respective start System setup > System status:
settings to the factory settings.
System setup
31778
Resetting the changes in a dialog window
1 Open the corresponding tab.
2 Touch the Factory defaults button and
confirm.
A
Resetting the consumptions B

The gas consumption can be reset in Standby >
System setup > System status > Consumption.
A General information
 Touch the Reset data button and confirm. – Installed software version
– Next maintenance date
B QR code for further product information
 Scan the QR code with suitable equipment.
The QR code is decoded into an internet address
which enables access to the stated information in a
browser.

Configuration
Transferring device configurations
Configurations can be exported and imported with Importing the configuration

the aid of a USB flash drive. Configurations from
one device version (electronically or mechanically 1 Touch one of the configurations in the list (B).
controlled gas mixer) can be transferred to other
Perseus devices of the same version in this way. 2 Touch the Import button (C) and confirm.
Prerequisite: The USB flash drive is connected to 3 Restart Perseus.
the USB interface.
 Open System setup > Im/Export config. >
Im/Export config. (A).
Exporting the configuration
System setup  To export configurations, touch the Export

10500
A button (D) and confirm.
C A
D
B
The configurations saved on the USB flash drive

are displayed in a list (B). If not all of the
configurations can be seen, delete all
configurations from the USB flash drive that are
not needed or move them to a subdirectory on the
flash drive.
The following settings are neither imported nor
exported:
– Device name
– Date and time
– IP address

Configuration
Activating software options
The following software options require an Loading the activation code from a USB
activation code to be entered, followed by flash drive
activation:
– Pressure Support Prerequisite: A USB flash drive with valid licenses
– APRV is connected to the USB interface.
– FiO2 prediction  Touch the Load from USB button (B).
– Econometer trend The activation codes are read and displayed in the
list (C).
– Low-flow wizard
– Breathing sound
– Lung recruitment Entering the activation code
– Lung recruitment reminder
1 Touch the Enter code button (D).
– Inspiration hold / Expiration hold
2 Enter the activation code and confirm with OK.
– Logbook export
The license is displayed in the list (C).
Trial licenses for these options are time-limited.
An activation code is linked with the serial number
of the respective device and cannot be transferred. Activating the licensed software option
The activation codes can either be loaded from a
USB flash drive or entered manually.
The licensed software options must be activated
 Open page System setup > before they become available.
Licenses/Options > Licenses/Options (A).
1 Select the corresponding license from the
System setup list (C).
10501
A 2 Touch the Activate button (E) and confirm.

A 3 After activating all desired licenses, restart
E Perseus.
D B

Configuration
Overview of configurable screen contents
During operation, waveforms and parameter fields Paw (4)

are selected in the Quick setup window, see
page 106. Parameters PIP, Pplat, Pmean, PEEP
Paw
10505
Waveforms and associated parameter
fields
Volume MV, VT, RR
etCO2
Volume
10456
CO2
10454
Volume VT, MV, RR

CO2 in/et
Volume
10506
CO2
10502
O2
CO2 in/et, RR
O2
10457
CO2
10503
O2, ∆
Paw
O2
10507
Paw
10455
Primary agent
Paw (3)
Iso
10458
Volume-controlled modes:
Parameters PIP, Pplat, PEEP
All other modes:
Parameters PIP, Pmean, PEEP "Empty"
Paw
10504
10508

Configuration
Parameter fields CO2 in/et, RR
10416
Compliance trend CO2
et in
20035
Cdyn PEEP
RR
Paw
10419
Compliance Paw
PIP
33361
Compliance
Cdyn mean
Paw (3)
Volume-controlled modes:
Parameters PIP, Pplat, PEEP
etCO2
All other modes:
Parameters PIP, Pmean, PEEP
10420
CO2
10417
et Paw
PIP Pmean
PEEP
CO2 in/et
Paw (4)
10421
CO2 Parameters PIP, Pplat, Pmean, PEEP:

et in
10459
Paw
PIP Pplat
Pmean PEEP

Configuration
MVmand, spon ∆VT
10499
20036
MV ∆VT VTi
Mand Spon
VT
Paw
MV, VT, RR Volume MV, VT, RR
Volume
10418
10498
Volume
MV VT
VT MV
RR
RR
MV×CO2 trend O2
WARNING
10460
Risk of incorrect therapy settings
O2
The numerical value displayed for the
MV×CO2 parameter is not sufficiently
accurate to enable therapy decisions to be
made.
on the displayed numerical value. Only the
trend curve can be used for therapeutic O2, ∆
decisions.
10422
MV×CO2 O2
20033
in ∆

Configuration
O2 uptake trend Econometer (optional)
WARNING
10427
Econometer
Risk of incorrect therapy settings
The numerical value displayed for the O2
Deficit Efficient Surplus
uptake parameter is not sufficiently accurate
to enable therapy decisions to be made.
on the displayed numerical value. Only the
trend curve can be used for therapeutic
decisions. Low-flow wizard (optional)
20152
Required FG flow
20034
O2 uptake
Total flow
Efficient
Primary agent Gases in/et
10424
10423
Iso Gases in/et

in et
in et O2
N2O
Iso
RR Gas supply
10426
Gas supply
10449
RR
O2 Air N2O

Configuration
Volumeter FiO2 prediction (optional)
13718
10452
Volumeter FiO2 prediction
Start
VT
Volume
Stopwatch Vaporizer setting (optional)
10451
10425
Stopwatch Vaporizer sett.
Start
Iso Sev Des
Refill
Timer Empty
Timer
20070
10509
A B
Econometer trend (optional) Agent prediction (optional)

10453
Iso prediction xMAC

10428
Econometer trend

Configuration
PV loop Flow tubes (electronically controlled gas

mixer)
Volume
31702
WARNING
Risk of mix-up
In some countries, the representation and
order of the virtual flow tubes on the screen
may differ from that illustrated here.
Pay attention to the labeling of the virtual flow
tubes.
WARNING
Paw
Insufficient fresh-gas supply
The indication on the virtual flow tubes is
intended only as additional information.
Do not use the virtual flow tubes alone when
making therapeutic decisions.
10511
Surplus
Efficient
Deficit
O2 N2O Econometer

Configuration
Flow tubes (mechanically controlled gas mixer) When the Agent prediction or PV loop parameter
field is displayed, the flow tubes will be displayed
WARNING at reduced size:
Risk of mix-up
20788
In some countries, the representation and
order of the virtual flow tubes on the screen
may differ from that illustrated here.
Pay attention to the labeling of the virtual flow
tubes.
O2 Air N2O
20367
O2 Air N2O

Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Leakage .......................................................... 181

Possible causes of leakage............................. 181
Systematic localization of leakages................. 181
Power supply failure ..................................... 182
Mains power supply failure.............................. 182
Mains power supply failure and empty batteries
........................................................................ 182
After power supply is restored......................... 182
Blown fuses for the auxiliary power sockets.... 182
Emergency O2 delivery (electronically
controlled gas mixer) .................................... 183
Failure of the gas supply .............................. 184

Failure of one gas supply ................................ 184
Changing an empty gas cylinder ..................... 184
Complete failure of the gas supply .................. 184
After the central gas supply is restored ........... 185
Failure of fresh-gas delivery (electronically
controlled gas mixture)................................. 186
Ventilator failure ............................................ 186
Gas measurement failure.............................. 187
Flow measurement failure ............................ 187
Screen fault/user interface failure................ 188
Complete failure ............................................ 188
Problems with the anesthetic gas receiving

system (AGS) ................................................. 189
Replacing the anesthetic gas receiving system
(AGS) .............................................................. 189
Problems with cylinder pressure reducers . 190
Problems with the Vapor View option ......... 190
Support request............................................. 190
Alarm – Cause – Remedy.............................. 191

Troubleshooting
Leakage
Leakages may result in the system not being – The O-rings on the inspiratory port or
operational or being operational with limitations expiratory port are damaged, soiled, or
only. missing.
– The flow sensors are incorrectly installed or
WARNING damaged. The rear O-ring is missing.
Risk due to leaks – The upper part of the breathing system housing
is incorrectly fitted or damaged.
As a result of leakage, ambient air may get
into the breathing gas and cause a reduction – The valves or seals of the breathing system are
in the depth of anesthesia, or ambient air may damaged.
become enriched with anesthetic gas and – The circuit plug is scratched or damaged.
consequently put the user at risk.
– The filling or emptying connections on the
Perform the leakage test before using the vaporizer are leaking or are open. The
device. Reduce leakage to a minimum. vaporizer is incorrectly fitted. The O-ring is
missing or damaged. The control dial is not set
WARNING to the 0 position.

Breathing gas may escape because of Systematic localization of leakages
leakages, with the result that the applied
volume is less than the set volume. To find causes of leakages, isolate individual
components from the leakage test.
Perform the leakage test before using the
device. Remedy all leakages. Component Measure
Sample line Remove the sample line and
seal the Luer-Lock connector on
Possible causes of leakage the Y-piece.
– The CO2 absorber or the CLIC adapter is not Breathing Disconnect the breathing hoses.
securely screwed to the breathing system. hoses Connect the inspiratory port and
expiratory port with a hose that
– The APL valve is not correctly fitted to the is known to be without leakages.
breathing system or is not set to 30 hPa Connect the breathing bag
(cmH2O). directly to the breathing system.
– The breathing bag, the breathing hoses, the Y- Vaporizers Remove the vaporizers.
piece, or the microbial filter is incorrectly fitted
or damaged. 1 Perform a leakage test, see page 123, and use
– The flexible arm for the breathing bag the leakage assistant if necessary.
(optional) is incorrectly fitted to the breathing 2 Contact service personnel if the leakages
system. The sealing ring is soiled or damaged. cannot be localized.
– The water trap is not connected.
– The sample line is not connected, is kinked, or
is leaking.
– The connections for the sample line are
damaged.

Troubleshooting
Power supply failure
Mains power supply failure WARNING

If mains power fails, Perseus automatically Risk of patient injury
switches to the internal battery. A fully charged
If all power sources fail, the screen goes dark
battery will maintain operation for at least
and automatic ventilation ends.
30 minutes.
Manually ventilate the patient.
Remaining battery charge is displayed on the
status display.
Further procedures:
The breathing system warmer is deactivated 1 Check vaporizer setting.
during battery operation. The peak inspiratory
pressure PIP may be limited, but it will be at least 2 Electronically controlled gas mixer:
55 hPa (cmH2O). Use emergency O2 delivery.
CAUTION Mechanically controlled gas mixer:

Close the Air flow control valve and the N2O
Risk of device malfunction flow control valve and use only O2 as fresh
gas.
If mains power fails, devices connected to the
auxiliary power sockets are not supplied from the 3 Monitor the O2 flow on the O2 flowmeter
internal battery. (electronically controlled gas mixer) or on the
total flow tube (mechanically controlled gas
Ensure an alternative power supply for mixer).
connected devices.
4 Manually ventilate the patient.
5 Ensure corresponding substitute monitoring.
Mains power supply failure and empty
batteries
After power supply is restored
If mains power fails and the batteries are empty, a
signal tone is emitted. Manual ventilation and 1 Restart the device, see page 80.
spontaneous breathing remain available. O2 and 2 Charge empty batteries for at least 8 hours.
anesthetic agent can still be delivered using the
3 Check the displays for mains voltage and
emergency O2 delivery (with electronically
battery on the status display.
controlled gas mixer) or the flow control valves
(with mechanically controlled gas mixer) and
connected vaporizers.
Blown fuses for the auxiliary power
The following are not available:
sockets
– Ventilator
– Electronically controlled gas mixer 1 Disconnect mains power supply.
– Device monitoring and patient monitoring 2 Remedy the malfunction.
3 For devices without isolation transformer:
Replace the fuses.

Troubleshooting
For devices with isolation transformer:

– If necessary, wait 2 minutes for the circuit
breaker to cool.
– Press the key on the circuit breaker back in
or operate the switch on the isolation
transformer.
4 Restore mains power supply.
Emergency O2 delivery (electronically controlled gas mixer)
1 Check vaporizer setting.

WARNING
2 Set the O2 switch (A) upwards to the Add. O2
Risk of increased anesthetic agent delivery position.
When the emergency O2 delivery (Add. O2) is 3 Open the flow control valve (B) on the O2
in use, anesthetic agent continues to be flowmeter and set the desired flow. This O2
delivered into the breathing system. When flow flows through the vaporizer.
the emergency O2 delivery is used during
low-flow anesthesia or minimal-flow
anesthesia, an increased quantity of
anesthetic agent may enter the breathing
system. This may lead to an increased
anesthetic gas concentration.
Carefully monitor the gas mixture.
32034
A B

Troubleshooting
Failure of the gas supply
A failure of the central gas supply can result in Changing an empty gas cylinder
simultaneous device malfunctions on all systems
connected to it. 1 Close the valve of the empty gas cylinder.
Perseus signals an alarm if the gas supply for the 2 Completely use up or completely vent any gas
gases O2, Air, or N2O (optional) fails. remaining in the pressure reducer and in the
hose between Perseus and the gas cylinder.
WARNING If there is no patient connected, venting can be
performed as follows:
Risk of contaminating the gas supply
– Disconnect the central O2 supply.
When the central gas supply is connected, – Open the flow control valve of the O2
the smallest internal leakage can cause flowmeter. Wait until gas is no longer
contamination of the supply gases. flowing.
If the central gas supply fails during – Close the flow control valve of the O2
operation, disconnect the hoses for the failed flowmeter again.
gas from the central supply.
3 Unscrew the pressure reducer from the gas
cylinder valve.
 Open the corresponding gas cylinder.
4 Replace the gas cylinder with a full gas
 Restore central gas supply. cylinder.
Electronically controlled gas mixer only: If the 5 Connect the pressure reducer to the new filled
central gas supply for a gas fails and there is no gas cylinder, see page 58.
sufficiently filled gas cylinder connected (see
page 31 "Status display"), a substitute gas is used: 6 Open the valve of the filled gas cylinder.
Failed gas Substitute gas

O2 100 % Air
Complete failure of the gas supply
N2O 100 % O2 If the central gas supply for O2 and Air fails at the
Air 100 % O2 same time and there are no sufficiently filled gas
cylinders connected, operation can be continued in
The level of the fresh-gas flow remains constant. automatic ventilation modes. This is possible
because the ventilator does not require a drive
gas.
Failure of one gas supply 1 Remove the breathing bag.
2 Continue automatic ventilation.
Operation of fresh-gas delivery is still possible
When the breathing bag is removed, the missing
when supply of one gas fails. If, e.g., N2O fails,
fresh-gas volume will automatically be filled by
with the electronically controlled gas mixer, Air or
ambient air. This is likely to cause the alarm Fresh
100 % O2 can be set as carrier gas. With the
gas low or leakage to be triggered.
mechanically controlled gas mixer, open the
corresponding flow control valve of the substitute
gas.

Troubleshooting
WARNING
Risk of patient recovering consciousness
If the gas supply fails completely, further
operation takes place through gas supply of
the anesthesia machine with ambient air.
Anesthetic agents are no longer delivered
and the inspiratory anesthetic gas
concentration in the breathing gas decreases.
Monitor the gas mixture carefully and use
intravenous anesthetic agents if need be.
CAUTION
Risk of increased anesthetic gas concentration in
the ambient air
If the breathing bag is not connected, expiratory
anesthetic gases may escape from the breathing
system.
Ensure adequate circulation of the ambient air.
After the central gas supply is restored
1 Connect the compressed gas hoses to the

terminal units.
2 Close the gas cylinder valve on the
corresponding gas cylinder again.
On devices that are equipped with Advanced
Cylinder Support, the gas cylinder valves can
remain open.

Troubleshooting
Failure of fresh-gas delivery (electronically controlled gas mixture)
If the fresh-gas delivery has failed, the emergency In the event of a fault, figures and instructions
O2 delivery can be used to deliver oxygen and showing how to start the emergency O2 delivery
anesthetic agent. The current ventilation mode and are displayed in areas (A) and (B).
the fresh-gas deficiency detection remain active.
The emergency O2 delivery is started as folows:
WARNING 1 Set the O2 switch (A) upwards to the Add. O2
position. (Pay attention to the figure on the
Risk of patient injury screen.)
If the gas mixer fails, no fresh gas is The Internal FG flow failure alarm will then be
delivered. automatically downgraded.
2 Open the flow control valve on the O2
Check vaporizer setting. Supply the patient
flowmeter and set the desired flow. This O2
with O2. Use emergency O2 delivery.
flow flows through the vaporizer.
Internal FG flow failure 3 Check vaporizer setting.
32032
4 Continuously monitor the O2 flow for the

emergency delivery.
 If necessary, perform ventilation with ambient
air, see "Complete failure of the gas supply" on
page 184.
 If necessary, ventilate the patient with the
A manual resuscitator.
VC - CMV
Ventilator failure
If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or

spontaneous breathing remain possible. No other
ventilation modes can be selected. The fresh-gas
delivery remains ready for operation.
1 Switch to the Man/Spon ventilation mode.

Troubleshooting
Gas measurement failure
 Arrange for appropriate substitute monitoring

CAUTION conforming to ISO 80601-2-55.
Risk due to gas measurement failure
If the gas measurement fails, the patient can no
longer be adequately monitored.
– Ensure corresponding substitute monitoring.
– Check sample line and water trap for damage
or blockage and resolve these as needed.
Observe the exchange intervals.
Flow measurement failure
If the flow measurement fails, normally the therapy

can be continued. Thus, the flow sensors can be
exchanged during the next Standby. There may
be limitations in measured parameters or selection
of therapy.
WARNING
Risk due to malfunction of the inspiratory
flow measurement
If the inspiratory flow sensor malfunctions,
the device automatically switches to
pressure-controlled ventilation. If there is an
additional malfunction of the inspiratory
pressure sensor, the system automatically
switches to the non-synchronized PC - CMV
mode.
In either case, check the ventilation settings
and adjust as needed.
1 Replace the flow sensor:

To remove the flow sensors, follow the steps
described in chapter "Inserting the flow sensors
and the ports" in reverse order, see page 65.
Then install the new flow sensors.
2 Perform the leakage test, see page 123.

Troubleshooting
Screen fault/user interface failure
The screen does not respond to operation. It has 2 Use emergency O2 delivery, see page 183.
failed or the screen display is faulty. 3 Check vaporizer setting.
1 Switch Perseus to Standby mode: 4 Manually ventilate the patient.
Press the button and confirm with the rotary
knob. 5 Ensure corresponding substitute monitoring.
Complete failure
The device no longer responds to operation.

1 Turn off the device with the main switch, see
page 27.
3 Perform a start-up for operation in case of
emergency, see page 82.
WARNING
If the breathing bag does not fill with fresh
gas, the patient cannot be sufficiently
ventilated.
– Check the oxygen supply and, if
necessary, open the gas cylinder valves.
– If fresh gas still is not delivered or manual
ventilation is not possible, close the flow
control valve of the O2 flowmeter.
– Disconnect the patient from the device
and use a replacement device!

Troubleshooting
Problems with the anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)
Fault Cause Remedy

Flow indicator beneath the The suction power of the ejector Have the function of the AGSS
"restricted range" in the terminal unit of anesthetic terminal unit checked. Observe
gas scavenging system (AGSS) related instructions for use.
is insufficient.
Particle filter contaminated or Replace the anesthetic gas
blocked. receiving system (AGS) or have
service personnel replace the
particle filter.
Flow indicator above "normal The suction power of the ejector Have the suction power of the
range" in the AGSS terminal unit is too ejector in the AGSS terminal unit
high. adjusted to the working range of
the AGS.
Particle filter missing. Replace the anesthetic gas
receiving system (AGS) or have
service personnel install the parti-
cle filter.
Replacing the anesthetic gas receiving 4 Dispose of the AGS.

system (AGS)
Assembling the anesthetic gas receiving
View from below: system (AGS)
 Follow the above steps in reverse order to
10396
assemble the new AGS.
A
A
Disassembling the anesthetic gas receiving

system (AGS)
1 Disconnect the scavenging hose.
2 If necessary, remove the transfer hose for the
non-rebreathing system.
3 Unfasten the 3 screws (A)

Troubleshooting
Problems with cylinder pressure reducers
Fault Cause Remedy

The connection between gas cyl- The sealing ring is damaged. Replace the sealing ring.
inder and pressure reducer leaks.
The outlet pressure rises; the The valve seat is soiled or dam- Close the gas cylinder valve.
relief valve relieves the outlet of aged. Repair by service personnel
the pressure reducer.
Leakage in the housing area The diaphragm is faulty. Repair by service personnel
Problems with the Vapor View option
Fault Cause Remedy

Dräger Vapor 3000/ D- Vaporizer is not correctly Correctly mount and lock vapor-
Vapor 3000 is not detected. mounted and locked. izer.
Sensor unit is faulty. Have item repaired by service
personnel.
Control dial setting position or fill- Sensor unit or vaporizer is soiled. Clean sensor unit and remove
ing level of a Dräger Vapor 3000/ foreign matter.
D-Vapor 3000 is not detected. Sensor unit or vaporizer is dam- Have item repaired by service
aged. personnel.
Dräger Vapor 3000/ D- Control dial is in position T. Turn control dial to position 0.
Vapor 3000 is not illuminated. Illumination unit is soiled. Clean illumination unit and
remove foreign matter.
Illumination unit is faulty. Have item repaired by service
personnel.
Illumination is turned on, even Vapor View option is faulty. Have item repaired by service
though no Dräger Vapor 3000/ D- personnel.
Vapor 3000 is fitted.
Support request
If the device is configured for remote maintenance, 1 In the Standby mode, touch the Tests...
device information can be sent to Dräger in the button.
event of a problem. Proceed as follows to send a 2 Touch the Request support button.
support request to Dräger:

Troubleshooting
Alarm – Cause – Remedy
Alarm messages are displayed in hierarchal form In order to classify the alarms within an alarm
in the alarm message field of the header bar, see priority, internal priority numbers are given in the
page 140. table below. The most critical alarm is given the
number 255. Lower numbers indicate a lower
Different background colors indicate the priority
alarm priority.
levels of the alarms.
The following table lists the alarm messages in
In the Current alarms table and Alarm history
alphabetical order. If an alarm occurs, the table
table, the priority of the alarm messages is also
helps to quickly identify causes and remedies. The
indicated by exclamation marks.
possible causes and remedial measures should be
High !!! Red looked through in the order they are listed until the
alarm is resolved.
Medium !! Yellow
Some alarms appear in this table several times
Low ! Cyan with different priorities because their priority may
change under certain conditions, see page 144.
Priority Alarm Cause Remedy

! 100 Absorber disconnected? Infinity ID CLIC absorber is
Check absorber.
not correctly connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!! 100 "Add. O2" activated O2 switch is set to "Add. O2". Close the flow control valve of
the O2 flowmeter. Set the O2
switch to "Aux. O2".
Use "ALARM RESET" to
downgrade alarm priority.
! 255 Agent measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
interference. radiation in the vicinity.
There is an internal failure. Use an alternative gas mea-
surement system.
If the problem persists, call
DrägerService.
! 255 Agent measurement not The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an envi-
available brating the sensor was ronment with clean ambient
impure. air.
Wait for the automatic calibra-
tion.
There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
Ambient temperature is too Check ambient conditions.
high.

Troubleshooting

! 255 Agent measurement tem- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic calibra-
porarily inaccurate warmed up. tion.
The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an envi-
brating the sensor was ronment with clean ambient
impure. air.
tion.
! 220 Air cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
! 255 Air cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
closed. central supply.
! 190 Air cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
not connected. sensor is connected.
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 Air FG flow measurement The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the Air fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
failed. check the fresh-gas flow.
Adjust the fresh-gas flow so
that it equals or exceeds the
minute volume.
!!! 110 Air supply low Central supply pressure and Check central Air supply or
cylinder pressure are low. use cylinder.
!!! 255 Airway press. continuously Airway pressure has been Check ventilation settings.
high continuously high. Check breathing hoses,
breathing system, and anes-
thetic gas scavenging sys-
tem.
In Man/Spon mode, check the
APL valve setting.
Check lower alarm limit for
airway pressure.
!!! 255 Airway pressure high The upper alarm limit for the Check patient condition.
airway pressure has been Check ventilation settings.
exceeded. The applied inspi-
ratory pressure is higher than Check alarm limit.
the set value.
Breathing hoses are blocked Check breathing circuit and
or the tube is kinked. tube.

Troubleshooting

!!! 255 Airway pressure negative Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
breathing bag is blocked or position of breathing bag.
positioned incorrectly.
Suction maneuver during Check the bronchial suction
ventilation. system.
Failure of the anesthetic gas Check anesthetic gas scav-
scavenging system. enging system.
!! 10 Airway pressure not Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
achieved breathing bag is blocked or position of breathing bag.
Leakage or disconnection. Check the breathing circuit for
tight connections and leak-
ages.
!!! 220 Apnea No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Check ventilation settings.
Check spontaneous breathing
ability of the patient.
!! 255 Apnea No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
!!! 220 Apnea (no CO2) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Sample line is not connected. Connect sample line to
breathing circuit.
!! 255 Apnea (no CO2) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Sample line is not connected. Connect sample line to
breathing circuit.
!!! 220 Apnea (no flow) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
The breathing hoses are Check breathing circuit and
blocked or leaking. tube.

Troubleshooting

!! 255 Apnea (no flow) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
!!! 220 Apnea (no pressure) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
!! 255 Apnea (no pressure) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
!! 0 Apnea Ventilation No inspiratory effort of the Check spontaneous breathing
patient detected. ability of the patient.
Adjust the setting for "Trig-
ger".
Change to pressure-con-
trolled or volume-controlled
ventilation mode.
! 0 Apnea Ventilation No inspiratory effort of the Check spontaneous breathing
patient detected. ability of the patient.
Adjust the setting for "Trig-
ger".
Change to pressure-con-
trolled or volume-controlled
ventilation mode.
! 100 "Audio paused" key stuck Key is stuck or was pressed Ventilation performance is not
for more than 10 seconds. affected.
DrägerService.

Troubleshooting

!! 100 Backup speaker failure The backup speaker for Call DrägerService.
alarm tones is faulty. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 170 Bag pressure sensor failure Sensor calibration failed. Manually check the filling
level of the breathing bag.
Perform the system test.
! 180 Battery charge low The battery charge is low and Restore mains power supply.
the mains power supply is not The breathing system warmer
available. has been switched off. Check
the breathing circuit for con-
densate. Increase the fresh-
gas flow if necessary.
!! 30 Battery charge very low The battery charge is critical Make sure that the mains
and the mains power supply power supply is correctly con-
is not available. The device nected.
will shut down in the next 5 The breathing system warmer
minutes. has been switched off. Check
the breathing circuit for con-
densate. Increase the fresh-
Once the battery has been
depleted, ventilate the patient
manually.
!! 170 Battery failure The battery is faulty. If the Call DrägerService.
mains power supply fails, the
device will switch off immedi-
ately.
! 100 Battery temperature high The battery temperature is Ensure that the system is
high. Charging of the battery connected to the mains power
has been suspended to pro- supply.
tect it from damage. Check the ambient tempera-
ture.
! 135 Breathing bag too small? The breathing bag is too Use correct breathing bag.
small. The tidal volume can-
not be delivered.
The breathing bag hose is Check the hose and replace if
kinked, too long, or too thin. necessary.
Increase the fresh-gas flow.
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Breathing circuit expired Accessory has been used too Replace the accessory if nec-
long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.

Troubleshooting

!!! 255 Breathing system temp. The breathing system warmer Check the inspiratory breath-
high? is faulty. ing gas temperature as close
to the Y-piece as possible.
Use longer inspiratory hose.
Remove breathing system
cover.
Turn off the breathing system
warmer.
Turn off the device with the
main switch. Use "Add. O2".
Ventilate the patient manually.
If the breathing gas tempera-
ture is too high, ventilate the
patient with a manual resusci-
tator.
! 100 Breathing system warmer The breathing system warmer Check breathing circuit for
failure is faulty. condensation. Increase fresh-
Call DrägerService.
An internal temperature sen- Call DrägerService.
sor is faulty.
! 100 Cardiac bypass mode still A significant minute volume Deactivate the cardiac
active? was measured during cardiac bypass mode.
bypass mode. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Central Air supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
is high. The gas delivery
might fail.
! 255 Central Air supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.
! 100 Central N2O supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
might fail.
! 255 Central N2O supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.
! 100 Central O2 supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
might fail.
!!! 210 Central O2 supply low Central supply pressure is Check central O2 supply or
low. use cylinder.
! 255 Central O2 supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.

Troubleshooting

! 100 CO2 absorber expired Accessory has been used too Replace the accessory if nec-
long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 255 CO2 measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
surement system.
DrägerService.
! 255 CO2 sensor accuracy low The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic calibra-
warmed up. tion.
impure. air.
! 0 Communication failure The network connection Re-establish the connection.
could not be established. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
Check the connections
from/to Connectivity Con-
verter CC300.
A network certificate has Call DrägerService.
expired or Connectivity Con-
verter CC300 is faulty.
In the network, there is Check the integrated system
another anesthesia machine ID.
with the same integrated sys-
tem ID.
!! 135 Cooling fan failure An internal fan for evacuat- To prevent potential damage,
ing gases is faulty. switch off system at your ear-
liest convenience. Increased
risk of fire.
!! 140 CPAP changed to "Off" The set CPAP pressure could Check the breathing circuit for
not be achieved due to leak- tight connections and leak-
age. The system has ages.
changed the CPAP setting to Increase fresh-gas flow.
"Off".
Reapply the CPAP setting.
acknowledge alarm.

Troubleshooting

!! 150 Emergency air inlet acti- There was not enough gas to Refill the breathing bag, e.g.,
vated ventilate the patient. To main- with O2 flush.
tain a minimum ventilation, Increase fresh-gas flow.
the device has started to use
ambient air. Check the breathing circuit for
ages.
Use correct breathing bag.
!! 135 etCO2 high etCO2 has exceeded the Check ventilation.
upper alarm limit.
!! 135 etCO2 low etCO2 is below the lower Check ventilation.
alarm limit.
!! 100 Exp. press. sensor failure Sensor calibration failed. Ensure that a suitable substi-
tute monitoring is available.
! 100 Expiratory flow sensor Accessory has been used too Replace the accessory if nec-
expired long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 190 Expiratory flow sensor not The sensor is not calibrated. Perform the leakage test.
calibrated The breathing system has
been replaced or discon-
nected since last calibration.
Failure of the flow sensor. Replace the flow sensor. Per-
form the leakage test.
!!! 200 External fresh-gas outlet Failure when switching to Use "O2+" button to deter-
failure? external fresh-gas outlet. mine flow direction of fresh
Failure when switching from gas: -If internal breathing sys-
external fresh-gas outlet to tem or breathing bag fill,
another ventilation mode. external fresh-gas outlet is
not available. -If gas flows out
of the external fresh-gas out-
let, external fresh-gas outlet
can be used. Internal breath-
ing system can only be used
when the breathing bag is not
connected (ventilation with
ambient air only).
Check fresh-gas settings.
!! 50 Filling level of vaporizer low The filling level of the active Check filling level. Refill if
vaporizer is low. necessary.
! 100 Filling level of vaporizer low The filling level of an inactive Check filling level. Refill if
vaporizer is low. necessary.

Troubleshooting

!! 10 FiO2 high FiO2 has exceeded the upper Check FG O2.
alarm limit.
!!! 255 FiO2 low FiO2 has fallen below the Check O2 concentration and
lower alarm limit. fresh-gas settings.
Check the breathing system
for high leakages.
Check O2 supply.
!! 135 FiO2 too high for neonates FiO2 has exceeded the Check O2 concentration and
threshold value for longer fresh-gas settings.
than the time configured in Use "ALARM RESET" to
the system setup. acknowledge alarm.
!! 30 Flow control valve still open At least one flow control valve Close all flow control valves.
is still open.
! 80 Flow sensor calibration The flow sensors have not Perform the leakage test.
required been calibrated for more than
24 hours or since the device
was turned on.
!!! 100 Fresh gas low or leakage Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Refill the breathing system
breathing bag is blocked or immediately, e.g., with O2
positioned incorrectly. flush.
Check fresh-gas settings and
position of breathing bag.
ages.
Check tube or mask.
!! 150 Fresh gas low or leakage Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
ages.
Check tube or mask.
! 170 Fresh gas low or leakage Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
ages.
Check tube or mask.
!! 100 Fresh-gas flow high The total fresh-gas flow is Reduce fresh-gas flow.
greater than 15 L/min.

Troubleshooting

!! 60 Fresh-gas flow inaccurate The delivered fresh-gas flow Make sure that sufficient
differs from the set fresh-gas fresh-gas and anesthetic
flow. agent are delivered.
Check the measured gas con-
centrations.
!! 50 Fresh-gas flow inaccurate The accuracy of the fresh-gas Use the total flow tube to ver-
flow measurement is ify the current fresh-gas flow.
reduced. Check the measured gas con-
centrations.
DrägerService.
!! 100 Gas sensor failure The patient-gas measure- Use an alternative gas mea-
ment module has failed. surement system.
!! 255 Hose connected to wrong A breathing hose is not cor- Connect breathing hoses cor-
port rectly connected. rectly.
!! 100 Hose does not fit to pat. The detected breathing hose Use compatible accessory.
category is not suitable for the selected Use "ALARM RESET" to
patient category. acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Hose does not fit to pat. The detected breathing hose Use compatible accessory.
category is not suitable for the selected Use "ALARM RESET" to
patient category. acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 inCO2 high Soda lime is depleted. Check soda lime.
Increase fresh-gas flow.
There is internal leakage in Replace the breathing system
the breathing system or in the or the coaxial breathing hose.
coaxial breathing hose.
Gas measurement is inaccu- Adjust alarm limits if neces-
rate due to high respiratory sary.
rate.
Large dead space. Check the ventilation settings
and the breathing circuit.
! 100 Infinity ID breathing circuit An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
not compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.

Troubleshooting

! 100 Infinity ID CO2 absorber An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
not compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Infinity ID water trap not An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!! 100 Insp. press. sensor failure Sensor calibration failed. Change to Man/Spon mode
and ventilate manually.
!!! 255 Inspiratory desflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
concentration has exceeded gas settings.
the upper alarm limit.
!! 255 Inspiratory desflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 75 Inspiratory desflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas concentration is below gas settings.
the lower alarm limit. Refill the vaporizer.
for high leakages.
The soda lime has dried out. Replace the soda lime.
!!! 255 Inspiratory enflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory enflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 75 Inspiratory enflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakages.
! 100 Inspiratory flow sensor Accessory has been used too Replace the accessory if nec-
expired long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 190 Inspiratory flow sensor not The sensor is not calibrated. Perform the leakage test.
calibrated The breathing system has
been replaced or discon-
nected since last calibration.
Failure of the flow sensor. Replace the flow sensor. Per-

Troubleshooting

!!! 255 Inspiratory halothane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory halothane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 75 Inspiratory halothane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakages.
!!! 255 Inspiratory isoflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory isoflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 75 Inspiratory isoflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakages.
!! 10 Inspiratory N2O high Inspiratory N2O exceeds 82 Check fresh-gas composition.
%. Press the O2+ button to flush
the breathing system.
!!! 255 Inspiratory sevoflurane Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
high concentration has exceeded gas settings.
!! 255 Inspiratory sevoflurane Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
high concentration has exceeded gas settings.
! 75 Inspiratory sevoflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakages.

Troubleshooting

!! 255 Inspiratory tidal volume The delivered inspiratory tidal Check ventilation settings.
high volume is higher than the set Check patient compliance.
value. Check if the patient is breath-
ing spontaneously.
Check the breathing circuit for
ages.
!! 255 Inspiratory tidal volume The delivered inspiratory tidal Check ventilation settings.
high volume exceeds the upper Check patient compliance.
alarm limit. Check if the patient is breath-
ing spontaneously.
Check the breathing circuit for
ages.
Check alarm limit.
!! 50 Inspiratory tidal volume The ventilation settings are Change the ventilation mode
high not adequate for AutoFlow. or increase the tidal volume.
!!! 255 Inspiratory xMAC high The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas concentration has gas settings.
exceeded 3 xMAC for more
than 30 seconds. The expira-
tory anesthetic gas concen-
tration has exceeded 2.5
xMAC for more than 30 sec-
onds.
The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
exceeded 5 xMAC.
!! 255 Inspiratory xMAC high The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
exceeded 3 xMAC for more
than 180 seconds.
!! 100 Internal device temperature A ventilation slot at the rear of Check the ventilation slots.
high the device is blocked. Ensure air flow at the rear of
the device.
high.
A fan is faulty. Call DrägerService.
Excessive ventilation set- Check ventilation settings.
tings are applied (e.g., high
respiratory rate, high inspira-
tory pressure, short slopes).

Troubleshooting

! 255 Internal device temperature A ventilation slot at the rear of Check the ventilation slots.
high the device is blocked. Ensure air flow at the rear of
the device.
high.
Excessive ventilation set- Check ventilation settings.
tings are applied (e.g., high
respiratory rate, high inspira-
tory pressure, short slopes).
A fan is faulty. Call DrägerService.
!!! 150 Internal FG flow failure The internal gas delivery sys- Deliver O2: 1. Set the O2
tem is not operational. A sys- switch to "Add. O2". 2. Set the
tem test may be able to O2 flowmeter to the desired
resolve the issue. flow. Check the vaporizer set-
ting. Make sure that fresh gas
is reaching the patient.
Perform the system test after
finishing the case.
DrägerService.
! 150 Internal FG flow failure The internal gas delivery sys- Set the O2 flowmeter to the
tem is not operational. A sys- desired flow. Check the
tem test may be able to vaporizer setting. Make sure
resolve the issue. that fresh gas is reaching the
patient.
Perform the system test after
finishing the case.
DrägerService.
! 60 License expired A license has expired. After Use "ALARM RESET" to
next startup, some functions acknowledge alarm.
will no longer be available. To order a permanent license,
call Dräger.
! 50 License will expire soon A trial license will expire Use "ALARM RESET" to
within the next 14 days. acknowledge alarm.
To order a permanent license,
call Dräger.
!!! 0 Loss of data An internal memory failure Check current settings and
has occurred. System data default settings.
and system settings are lost. Call DrägerService.
! 50 Maintenance will be due Maintenance will be due Call DrägerService.
soon within the next 30 days. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.

Troubleshooting

! 255 Measured gas concentra- The measured values are out Check patient condition.
tions out of range of the measurement range. Check the vaporizer setting
and the fresh-gas settings.
Use an alternative gas mea-
surement system.
! 255 Measured gas concentra- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic calibra-
tions temporarily inaccu- warmed up. tion.
rate The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an envi-
impure. air.
tion.
! 0 MEDIBUS COM 1 failure Communication via the corre- Re-establish the connection.
sponding COM port is inter- Use "ALARM RESET" to
rupted. acknowledge alarm.
The configured baud rate is Increase the baud rate.
not sufficient for the amount Check the configuration of the
of data to be transferred. external device.
! 0 MEDIBUS COM 2 failure Communication via the corre- Re-establish the connection.
sponding COM port is inter- Use "ALARM RESET" to
rupted. acknowledge alarm.
The configured baud rate is Increase the baud rate.
not sufficient for the amount Check the configuration of the
of data to be transferred. external device.
!! 30 Minute volume high Upper alarm limit for the min- Check spontaneous breath-
ute volume has been ing.
exceeded. Check ventilation settings
(e.g., VT, Pinsp, RR).
In Pressure Support, correct
the trigger threshold if neces-
sary.
Check alarm limit.
Flow measurement is inaccu- Replace the expiratory flow
rate. sensor. Perform the leakage
test.

Troubleshooting

!! 10 Minute volume low The minute volume is below Check patient condition.
the lower alarm limit. Check tube or mask.
Check alarm limit.
ages.
Flow measurement is inaccu- Replace the expiratory flow
rate. sensor. Perform the leakage
test.
! 220 N2O cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
! 255 N2O cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
! 190 N2O cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 N2O FG flow measurem. The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the N2O fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
minute volume.
! 255 N2O measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
surement system.
DrägerService.
! 255 N2O measurement not The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an envi-
available brating the sensor was ronment with clean ambient
impure. air.
tion.
high.

Troubleshooting

! 255 N2O measurement tempo- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic calibra-
rarily inaccurate warmed up. tion.
impure. air.
tion.
!!! 110 N2O supply low Central supply pressure and Check central N2O supply or
!!! 110 No Air delivery Air is not available. Gas mixer Check central Air supply or
is using 100 % O2 instead. use cylinder.
! 100 No CO2 detected Ventilation was started, but Check patient condition.
no exhaled CO2 was Check sample line, water
detected for more than 60 trap, and patient-side filter.
seconds.
acknowledge alarm.
!!! 200 No fresh-gas flow No fresh-gas flow is set. Open the flow control valves.
!!! 110 No N2O delivery N2O is not available. Gas Check central N2O supply or
mixer is using O2 instead. use cylinder.
!!! 210 No O2 delivery O2 is not available. Gas mixer Check central O2 supply or
is using Air instead. use cylinder.
!!! 120 No ventilation An internal error occurred. Change the ventilation mode
Ventilation has stopped. to Man/Spon and ventilate the
patient manually, or change
back to automatic ventilation.
Check the upper alarm limit
for the airway pressure.
DrägerService.
! 220 O2 cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
!!! 210 O2 cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the

Troubleshooting

! 255 O2 cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
! 190 O2 cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 O2 FG flow measurement The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the O2 fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
minute volume.
!! 255 O2 measurement not avail- The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an envi-
able brating the sensor was ronment with clean ambient
impure. air.
tion.
high.
! 255 O2 measurement tempo- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic calibra-
rarily inaccurate warmed up. tion.
impure. air.
tion.
!! 255 O2 sensor failure The O2 sensor in the patient- Use alternative O2 measur-
gas measurement module is ing system.
faulty. Use "ALARM RESET" to
!!! 210 O2 supply low Central supply pressure and Check central O2 supply or
! 100 On/Standby key stuck Key is stuck or was pressed Ventilation performance is not
DrägerService.
! 75 Patient-gas measurement The automatic calibration of Wait for the calibration to
module is calibrating the patient-gas measure- complete.
ment module is in progress.

Troubleshooting

!!! 100 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation or adjust
have been paused longer timer.
than the set pause time.
!! 100 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation or adjust
! 100 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation or adjust
!! 60 PEEP not applied Failure of the PEEP valve. Check the breathing circuit for
ages.
!! 50 PEEP/CPAP high The expiratory limb is Check expiratory breathing
blocked. hose and breathing system.
Perform the leakage test.
!! 100 PEEP/CPAP low Fresh-gas flow is insufficient, Check fresh-gas settings and
ages.
! 170 Power failure Mains power supply is not Restore mains power supply.
available. The device has
switched to battery operation.
!! 100 Power supply failure Internal fault in the power Operation of the device can
supply. be continued.
!! 100 Pressure sensor failure There is condensate in the Check the breathing hoses.
breathing hoses.
Sensor calibration failed. Perform the system test.
DrägerService.
! 255 Pressure-relief valve Pressure in the breathing Check APL valve and fresh-
opened system is too high. gas settings.

Troubleshooting

!!! 200 Rotary knob stuck Key is stuck or was pressed Ventilation performance is not
Press and turn rotary knob
repeatedly. If alarm condition
persists, settings cannot be
adjusted anymore.
Disconnect the patient and
ventilate with a manual resus-
citator.
Turn off the device with the
main switch. Use "Add. O2".
Ventilate the patient manually.
! 170 Sample line disconnected? The sample line or the water Check sample line and water
trap has been disconnected. trap.
! 170 Sample line occluded Sample line is occluded. Check sample line, water
trap, and patient-side filter.
! 75 Second agent detected A second anesthetic agent Flush the system if neces-
has been detected. sary.
Wait for transition phase to
end.
! 60 Service date reached Maintenance is due. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!!! 200 Set O2 switch to "Add. O2" The internal gas delivery sys- Set the O2 switch to "Add.
tem has failed and the O2 O2". Set the O2 flowmeter to
switch is still set to "Aux. O2". the desired flow.
!! 0 Speaker failure The loudspeaker is faulty. Call DrägerService.
!! 100 Synchronized ventilation Inspiratory efforts of the Check ventilation settings.
failure patient cannot be detected Change to a non-synchro-
due to faulty sensors. nized ventilation mode.
Change to Man/Spon mode
and ventilate manually.
!!! 100 System failure Failure of internal compo- Ventilate the patient with a
nents. System is no longer manual resuscitator.
operational. Call DrägerService.
! 255 Temperature of TurboVent Temperature of TurboVent 2 Reduce airway pressure or
2 blower module high blower module is too high. respiratory rate.

Troubleshooting

!!! 0 Therapy settings not The last changes to the ther- Change to Man/Spon and
applied apy settings were not applied. restart the ventilation mode.
acknowledge alarm.
DrägerService.
!! 100 Third agent detected A mixture of more than 2 Flush the system if neces-
anesthetic agents has been sary.
detected. Check fresh-gas settings.
Wait for transition phase to
end.
!! 30 Tidal volume not achieved The delivered inspiratory tidal Check ventilation settings.
volume is lower than the set Check Pmax setting.
value.
Check patient compliance.
Check if the patient is breath-
ing spontaneously.
!!! 100 TurboVent 2 failure The TurboVent 2 blower mod- Start manual ventilation!
ule is not operational or over- Replace TurboVent 2 blower
heated. module.
!!! 100 TurboVent 2 not connected The TurboVent 2 blower mod- Insert the TurboVent 2 blower
ule is not connected. module.
!!! 100 Unknown alarm Error in the internal alarm Check patient condition.
system. Call DrägerService.
! 0 USB write error The USB flash drive is full, Check the USB flash drive.
faulty, write-protected, or not Use "ALARM RESET" to
compatible. The USB flash acknowledge alarm.
drive is not correctly con-
nected. The USB flash drive
is not correctly formatted.
! 100 Vapor View failure (left slot) Failure of Vapor View hard- If the problem persists, call
ware. DrägerService.
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Vapor View failure (middle Failure of Vapor View hard- If the problem persists, call
slot) ware. DrägerService.
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Vapor View failure (right Failure of Vapor View hard- If the problem persists, call
slot) ware. DrägerService.
acknowledge alarm.

Troubleshooting

! 100 Vapor View not operational Failure of Vapor View hard- Call DrägerService.
ware. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!! 100 Vaporizer open Control dial is not in position Close vaporizer to prevent
"0". accumulation of anesthetic
agent in the breathing sys-
tem.
!!! 120 Ventilator failure Failure of the pressure sen- Start manual ventilation!
sors. Perform the system test.
DrägerService.
!! 100 Vol. Ctrl. ventilation failure The inspiratory flow sensor is Change to a pressure-con-
faulty. trolled ventilation mode.
Replace the flow sensor. Per-
! 100 Water trap disconnected? Infinity ID water trap is not Check water trap.
correctly connected.
! 100 Water trap expired Accessory has been used too Replace the accessory if nec-
long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 170 Water trap full The water trap of the gas Check water trap.
measurement is full.
Sample line is occluded. Check sample line, water
trap, and patient-side filter.
!! 80 xMAC low Inspiratory and expiratory gas Check patient condition.
concentrations are lower than Check filling level. Refill if
the automatically calculated necessary.
limit.
Check vaporizer setting.
and the breathing bag for
leakages.
If the current xMAC is accept-
able, use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge the alarm.

Troubleshooting

! 170 xMAC low Inspiratory and expiratory gas Check patient condition.
concentrations are lower than Check filling level. Refill if
the automatically calculated necessary.
limit.
Check vaporizer setting.
and the breathing bag for
leakages.
If the current xMAC is accept-
able, use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge the alarm.
!! 100 Y-piece is open or not con- The Y-piece is open or not Make sure that the Y-piece is
nected connected during flush or sealed.
Flush & Dry procedure.

Service
Service
Safety information ......................................... 215
Transport for maintenance purposes .......... 216

Additional information concerning the ceiling-
mounted version.............................................. 216
Definition of service terminology................. 216
Inspection....................................................... 217
Remote service ............................................... 217
Safety checks .................................................. 217
Maintenance................................................... 219
Repair ............................................................. 220

Service
Safety information
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to inappropriately reprocessed Risk if maintenance is not performed properly
products
If the device is connected to the power supply
The product may be contaminated with or the gas supply during maintenance, there
infectious agents. is a risk of personal injury and property
damage.
Before maintenance and before returning the
product for repair, reprocess the product. Before performing maintenance, disconnect
Carry out the reprocessing as described in all electrical connections from the power
the reprocessing instructions supplied with supply and all gas connections from the gas
the product. supply.
WARNING WARNING
Risk if service is not performed regularly Risk when the housing is being opened
Wear and material fatigue of the components Under the housing, there are live electrical
may lead to device failure and malfunctions. components, which may cause an electric
shock.
Perform service at the specified intervals.
The housing may only be opened by those
WARNING user groups that are assigned to that
particular measure.
Risk if service is not performed properly
Personal injury and property damage may WARNING
occur if service is not performed properly.
Service must be performed by those user
If maintenance activities are carried out
groups that are assigned to the particular
during ventilation, the patient will be put at
measure.
risk.
Only carry out maintenance activities when
there is no patient connected to the device.

Service
Transport for maintenance purposes
Additional information concerning the WARNING

ceiling-mounted version
WARNING If the medical device was placed on the

service cart, it does not fulfill the tipping
Risk of injury or damage to the device stability requirements as per IEC 80601-2-13
and IEC 60601-1, and there is an increased
If the medical device is not correctly docked risk of tipping over.
or has been undocked from the ceiling supply – Only service personnel may move the
unit, it may fall from the device mounting medical device on the service cart.
interface or tip over. – Preparation for transport and actual
The medical device may only be docked to transport of the medical device on the
the ceiling supply unit or be undocked from it service cart must only be carried out if
by service personnel. there is no patient in the immediate
vicinity.
 For docking to the ceiling supply unit,

undocking from the ceiling supply unit, and for
transporting on the service cart, contact service
personnel.
Definition of service terminology
Concept Definition
Service All measures (inspection, mainte-
nance, repair) intended to maintain or
restore the functional integrity of a
product
Inspection Measures intended to determine and
assess the current state of a product
Mainte- Regular specified measures intended
nance to maintain the functional integrity of a
product
Repair Measures intended to restore the
functional integrity of a product after a
failure
A service contract with Dräger is recommended.

Service
Inspection
Measure Interval User group

Inspection and safety check Every 12 months Service personnel
Remote service – Screen

– Gas inlets
Perseus supports the following Remote Service – Status display
functions: – Breathing system
– Help ticket – AGS and AGS valves
– Remote Device Check – Hoses and cables
– Proactive call – Strain reliefs for AGS, compressed gas
hoses, cables
Contact the responsible DrägerService
organization for further information on the Remote – Optional: Holding arms
Service function. – Optional: Flexibility trolley, castors, and
locking mechanisms
– Optional: Pressure reducers and their
Safety checks sensor lines
– Fuses which are accessible from the
Safety checks are no substitute for preventive outside are in compliance with the specified
maintenance measures (including preventive values
replacement of wear parts) as identified by the – Check that the country-specific labeling of
manufacturer. the gas type matches the screen display.
– Check the end stop of the holding arms for
Performing the safety checks patient monitors.
4 Check the electrical safety in accordance with
1 Check whether the corresponding instructions
the IEC 62353 standard.
for use are available in the correct version.
5 Check the safety equipment:
2 Perform a functional test of the following
functions in accordance with the instructions – Functional integrity of optical and acoustic
for use: alarm generators
– Emergency O2 delivery – O2 switch on gas mixing unit (electronically
controlled gas mixer)
3 Check that the product is in good condition:
– Internal battery
– All labels are complete and legible
– Optional: Check the function of the
– No visible damage to the following minimum O2 delivery (mechanically
components: controlled gas mixer).
– Trolley and castors
– Housing parts
– Brakes
– Auxiliary power sockets
– Vaporizer mount
– Water trap mount
– O-rings of the water trap mount

Service
6 Check the accuracy of the gas measurement

based on a certified test gas concentration:
– Anesthetic gas measurement:
Isoflurane, 1 Vol%
Sevoflurane, 1 Vol%
Accuracy ±0.35 Vol%
– N2O measurement, 70 Vol%
Accuracy ±7.6 Vol%
– CO2 measurement, 5 Vol%
Accuracy ±0.83 Vol%
7 Check the accuracy of the O2 measurement:
– Ambient air 21 Vol%
Accuracy ±3 Vol%
– 100 Vol%
Accuracy –5 Vol%
8 Check the sample gas flow of the patient-gas
measurement module:
– Accuracy 200 ±20 mL/min
9 Check the patient gas measurement module
for leakage:
– Leakage at –200 hPa (cmH2O)
– <20 hPa/min (cmH2O/min)
10 Check the non-return valve of the central gas
supply for leakage:
– Leakage ≤20 mL/min
11 Check the operational readiness by means of a
system test.
12 Optional: Check the accuracy of the pressure
gauge for the internal breathing system:
– Accuracy 30 hPa (cmH2O) ±10 hPa
(cmH2O)
13 Optional: Check the external cylinder pressure
reducers
– Annually: Relief valve
7.5 to 8 kPa x 100
– Every 6 years: output pressure
5 to 6 kPa x 100
14 Optional: Check the functional integrity of the

safety sensor.
15 Optional: Check the functional integrity of the
service cart.

Service
Maintenance
Component Interval Measure User group

CO2 absorber/soda lime If colored violet or Replace, see page 76 Users
with disposable dust fil- according to the config-
ter ured Infinity ID exchange
interval
Water trap If required, if soiled, or Replace, see page 77 Users
according to the config-
ured Infinity ID exchange
interval
Flow sensors If required, if calibration Replace, see page 187 Users
is no longer possible, or
according to the config-
ured Infinity ID exchange
interval
AGS If required, if filter is Replace, see page 189 Users
soiled, or flow is no lon-
ger achieved
AGS filter If required, if filter is Replace Service personnel
soiled, or flow is no lon-
ger achieved
O-rings on the water trap Every 2 years Replace Service personnel
mount
Sealing, sieve insert, Every 3 years Replace Specialized service
and sintered filter on the personnel
cylinder connection of
the external cylinder
pressure reducer
(optional)
Air filter mat Every 3 years Replace Service personnel
– Patient gas measure-
ment module
– Power supply unit
CLIC adapter (optional) Every 4 years Replace Users
Lead-gel battery Every 2 years Replace Service personnel
(2 pieces)

Service
Component Interval Measure User group

Pressure reducer
(optional)
Cylinder pressure
reducer, type MP:
– complete Every 6 years Replace Service personnel
Cylinder pressure
reducer, type MK:
– Sealing Every 3 years
– Sieve insert Every 3 years
– Sintered metal filter Every 3 years
on the cylinder con-
nection
– Diaphragm unit Every 6 years Replace Specialized service
personnel
– Valve cone Every 6 years
– Blow-off valve Every 6 years
– Safety valve spring Every 6 years
It is recommended that only original parts from

Dräger are used and that the parts are replaced by
Dräger.
Repair
Repairs may be performed only by specialized

service personnel.
It is recommended that only original parts from
Dräger are used and that the parts are replaced by
Dräger.

Disposal
Disposal
Safety information ......................................... 222
Disposing of the device ................................ 222
Disposing of accessories ............................. 222

Disposal
Safety information
WARNING
Risk due to inappropriately reprocessed
products
The product may be contaminated with
infectious agents.
Before disposal, reprocess the product. Carry
out the reprocessing as described in the
reprocessing instructions supplied with the
product.
Disposing of the device
The disposal of electrical and electronic devices is Dräger will organize the return of the device.
subject to special guidelines. This device must be Additional information is available at
disposed of in accordance with national www.draeger.com (search term: WEEE).
regulations. In countries of the European Union,
Disposing of accessories
When disposing of the following accessory parts, Dispose on the following articles according to
observe the hospital hygiene regulations and the hospital hygiene regulations:
respective instructions for use: – Sample line
– Flow sensors – Disposable dust filter
– Breathing hoses – AGS
– Filter, HME, HMEF
– Breathing bag
– Masks
– Water trap
– CLIC absorber, Infinity ID CLIC absorber
– Soda lime

Technical data
Technical data
General information....................................... 224 Connections to IT networks.......................... 253

LAN interface................................................... 253
Ambient conditions ....................................... 224
RS232 interface............................................... 254
Fresh-gas delivery ......................................... 225 USB interface .................................................. 255
Open-source software ................................... 256
Fresh-gas delivery (electronically
Fresh-gas delivery (mechanically

Ventilator ........................................................ 226
Breathing system........................................... 229
External fresh-gas outlet............................... 231
Anesthetic gas receiving system ................. 231
Measuring systems and displays................. 231
Display of calculated values......................... 237
Operating characteristics ............................. 238
Device outputs ............................................... 244
Relevant standards........................................ 247
Diagrams ........................................................ 249

Pressure characteristics and flow
characteristics of the breathing system without
breathing hoses and filters (conforming
to ISO 8835-2 and ISO 80601-2-13) ............... 249
Response times in event of concentration
changes ........................................................... 250
Device combinations..................................... 250
EMC declaration............................................. 251

General information ......................................... 251
Electromagnetic environment .......................... 251
Recommended separation distances from
wireless communication devices ..................... 252
Emission of high-frequency energy............. 252

Technical data
General information
Units of measurement for pressure 1 hPa = 1 mbar = 1 cmH2O

100 kPa = 0.1 MPa = 1 bar = 1 kPa x 100
User's operating location At the front at a distance of 1 m (39 in) and a
height of 1.5 m (59 in)
All specified tolerances apply for 20 °C (68 °F),
60 % relative humidity, and 1013 hPa
(760 mmHg).
The accuracies indicated below change accord-
ing to ambient pressure, temperature, and rela-
tive humidity. If one of the ambient conditions is
changed up to the permissible limit, the accu-
racy of the corresponding value can change by
up to 50 %. If more than one of the ambient con-
ditions are changed, the accuracy may change
by up to 100 %.
Example: Accuracy of a measured pressure
value: ±4 % under standard conditions. At
10 °C, the accuracy changes to ±6 %; at 10 °C
and 20 % relative humidity, to ±8 %.
All patient-related volumes and flow values are
standardized to the conditions in the lung.
(BTPS)
Ambient conditions
During operation
Temperature 10 to 40 °C
(50 to 104 °F)
Ambient pressure 620 to 1060 hPa
(9.0 to 15.3 psi)
Relative humidity 20 to 95 %, non-condensing
CO2 concentration 300 to 1000 ppm
Height Up to 4000 m (13123 ft)
During storage and transport
Temperature
Device without battery –20 °C to 60 °C
(–4 °F to 140 °F)
Battery –15 °C to 40 °C
(5 °F to 104 °F)

Technical data
Ambient conditions (continued)
For storage longer than 12 months –15 °C to 25 °C

(5 °F to 77 °F)
Maximum storage duration without 180 days
recharging
Ambient pressure 500 to 1060 hPa
(7.3 to 15.3 psi)
Relative humidity 10 to 95 %, without condensate formation
CO2 concentration Not relevant
The permissible ambient conditions depend
on the accessories used. Follow the corre-
sponding instructions for use.
Fresh-gas delivery
All data are standardized to STPD conditions.

O2 flush 25 to 75 L/min at 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100 (39 to
100 psi; 0.27 to 0.69 MPa) supply pressure
O2 flow for Aux. O2 and Add. O2
Range Off; 2 to at least 10 L/min at 2.7 kPa x 100
(39 psi or 0.27 MPa) supply pressure
Accuracy ±10 % of the set value for flows >2.0 L/min
Resolution of displayed value 1.0 L/min (up to 10 L/min)
5.0 L/min (above 10 L/min)
Fresh-gas delivery (electronically controlled gas mixer)
All data are standardized to STAPD conditions.

O2 concentration FG O2
Setting range 21 to 100 Vol% (carrier gas: Air)
25 to 100 Vol% (carrier gas: N2O)
Accuracy ±5 % or ±2 Vol% (the larger value applies)
Fresh-gas flow FG flow
Setting range Off; 0.2 to 15 L/min
Accuracy ±10 % or ±50 mL/min (the larger value applies)

Technical data
Fresh-gas delivery (mechanically controlled gas mixer)
All data are standardized to STAPD conditions.

O2 concentration 21 to 100 Vol%
Setting range for fresh-gas flow 0 to at least 12 L/min (O2, Air, and N2O)
Electronic measurement of fresh-gas flow
Range 0 to 15 L/min (O2, Air, and N2O)
Accuracy ±10 % or ±0.12 L/min (the larger value applies)
Resolution of the value displayed on the 0.01 L/min (from 0 to 0.2 L/min)
screen 0.02 L/min (from 0.2 to 0.5 L/min)
0.05 L/min (from 0.5 to 1 L/min)
0.1 L/min (from 1 to 15 L/min)
Resolution of the value displayed in the sta- 0.1 L/min
tus display
Total flow tube All data are standardized to STPD conditions.
Range 0 to 10 L/min
Accuracy ±10 % of the set value at 100 % O2 and for
flows >1 L/min
Resolution of displayed value 0.5 L/min
Ventilator
Electronically driven ventilator, fresh-gas decou-

pled
Time-based settings:
Respiratory rate RR 3 to 100 /min
±10 % of the set value or ±1/min (the larger
value applies)
Minimum respiratory rate in PSV RRmin Off, 3 to 25 /min
mode ±10 % of the set value or ±1/min (the larger
value applies)
Inspiratory time Ti 0.2 to 10 s
±10 % of the set value or ±100 ms (the larger
value applies)
Maximum inspiratory time for supported
breaths (fixed setting)
Patient category "adult" 4 s or 1 / (2 x RRmin) (the smaller value applies)
Patient categories "pediatric patient" and 1.5 s or 1 / (2 x RRmin) (the smaller value
"neonate" applies)

Technical data
Ventilator (continued)
Pressure rise time (Slope) 0 to 2 seconds;

±20 % of the set value or ±200 ms (the larger
value applies)
Ratio of inspiratory time to expiratory time 1:50 to 50:1
Time at upper pressure level (Thigh) in PC - 0.2 to 10 s
APRV mode ±10 % of the set value or ±100 ms (the larger
value applies)
Time at lower pressure level (Tlow) in PC - 0.2 to 10 s
APRV mode ±10 % of the set value or ±100 ms (the larger
value applies)
Inspiration termination criterion (Insp. term.) 5 to 80 %PIF
±20 % of the set value or ±2.5 L/min (the larger
value applies)
Percentage ratio of plateau time to inspira- 0 to 60 %
tory time of the mandatory breaths in the VC ±20 % of the set value or ±200 ms (the larger
- CMV , VC - SIMV, and value applies)
VC - SIMV / PS
(%Tplat)
Inflation time (Duration) including rising and 3 to 40 s
falling slopes in the One-step recruitment ±10 % of the set value
maneuver
Number of breaths at each level 1 to 20
(Breaths/Step), with the exception of the
highest level in the Multi-step recruitment
maneuver
Number of breaths at the highest level 1 to 20
(Breaths@Max) in the Multi-step recruitment
maneuver
Reminder for repeated One-step recruitment Off, 10 to 180 min
or Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±1 min
Volume-based and flow-based settings:
Tidal volume VT 20 to 2000 mL, standardized to BTPS condi-
tions
±10 % of the set value or ±15 mL (the larger
value applies)
The applied VT is corrected by the determined
breathing hose compliance. The applied VT is
also corrected by the sampling flow of the built-
in patient-gas measurement module as soon as
CO2 respiratory phases are detected.
Trigger sensitivity Trigger 0.3 to 15 L/min
±20 % of the set value or ±1 L/min (the larger
value applies)

Technical data
Inspiratory flow Flow for adults Minimum 1 L/min, maximum >180 L/min
Results from the VT / Pinsp and Ti settings
Inspiratory flow Flow for children and neo- Minimum 1 L/min, maximum 60 L/min
nates Results from the VT / Pinsp and Ti settings
Pressure-related settings:
Inspiratory pressure Pinsp PEEP +1 to 80 hPa (cmH2O);
±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
larger value applies)
Pressure limitation Pmax PEEP +5 to 80 hPa (cmH2O);
Lower pressure level Plow in APRV mode Off, 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O);
Upper pressure level Phigh in APRV mode Plow +1 to 80 hPa (cmH2O);
Pressure amplitude above PEEP: ∆Psupp
In the CPAP/PSV and PC - BIPAP / PS Off, 1 to (80 - PEEP) hPa (cmH2O),
modes ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
In the VC - SIMV / PS and VC - SIMV / Off, 1 to (Pmax - PEEP) hPa (cmH2O),
PS / AutoFlow modes ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP Off, 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O);
Continuous positive pressure CPAP Off, 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O);
Inspiratory pressure Pressure in the One- 3 to 80 hPa (cmH2O) and greater than PEEP;;
step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
Highest inspiratory pressure Pinsp max in 15 to 80 hPa (cmH2O);
the Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
Highest PEEP pressure PEEP max in the 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O);
Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (the
Pressure amplitude above PEEP: ∆Pres- 5 to 30 hPa (cmH2O);
sure in the Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O)
(the larger value applies)

Technical data
Minimum pressure limit as per ISO 8835-5 0 hPa (cmH2O)

and ISO 80601-2-13
Breathing system
Total volume including the disposable CO2

absorber CLIC Absorber Free
In the Man / Spon mode Typically 2.18 L
In automatic ventilation modes Typically 2.18 L
Compliance (without breathing circuit)
In the Man / Spon mode Typically 2.18 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
corresponds to 65.4 mL at 30 hPa (cmH2O)
In automatic ventilation modes Typically 0.28 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Soda lime filling volume for absorber container
Reusable CO2 absorber, filled 1500 mL
Disposable CO2 absorber CLIC absorber 1300 mL
800+
Disposable CO2 absorber CLIC absorber 1200 mL
Free
Flexible arm for breathing bag
Volume 0.13 L
Compliance 0.13 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Total system leakage <150 mL/min at 30 hPa (cmH2O) standardized
to BTPS conditions
APL valve
Setting range Open, 5 to 70 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy (in range from 15 to 30 L/min): ±20 % of the set value or ±3 hPa (the larger
value applies), but not more than +10 hPa
(cmH2O)
Pressure drop at 30 L/min (ATPD), fully Dry: 2.1 hPa (cmH2O)
opened Wet: 2.2 hPa (cmH2O)

Technical data
Breathing system (continued)
Breathing system resistance at 60 L/min (reus-

able CO2 absorber or disposable CO2 absorber,
with or without flexible arm for breathing bag,
normal operation, filled with Drägersorb 800
Plus)
According to ISO 8835-2, dry, with adult Inspiratory: –3.5 hPa (cmH2O)
breathing hose set M30146 Expiratory: 4.1 hPa (cmH2O)
According to ISO 8835-2, dry, without hoses Inspiratory: –1.1 hPa (cmH2O)
Expiratory: 3.4 hPa (cmH2O)
Recommendation for breathing hoses
All compliances and volumes indicated
include inspiratory and expiratory filters
VT <50 mL Maximum compliance: 2.0 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
VT =50 to 300 mL Maximum compliance: 4.0 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
VT >300 mL Maximum compliance: 6.0 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Maximum length 200 cm (78.7 in)

350 cm (137.8 in) (with restrictions for compli-
ance correction and pressure metering accu-
racy)
Maximum hose volume 1.6 L
2.7 L (with restrictions for compliance correction
and pressure metering accuracy)
Recommendation for a breathing bag hose if no
flexible arm is in use.
Maximum resistance 1.5 hPa (cmH2O) at 60 L/min
3 hPa (cmH2O) at 60 L/min with increased
fresh-gas consumption
Maximum length 180 cm (70.9 in)
350 cm (137.8 in) with increased fresh-gas con-
sumption
Maximum hose volume 0.7 L
0.9 L with increased fresh-gas consumption
Recommendation for the bag size
Volume 0.5 L to 5 L (should have at least double the
applied tidal volume)

Technical data
External fresh-gas outlet
Connection 22 mm outer taper / 15 mm inner taper (ISO)

Delivery See "Fresh-gas delivery"
Pressure limitation Not pressure-limited
Anesthetic gas receiving system
Suction flow
Normal range 32 to 50 L/min
At lower end of restricted range 14 L/min
Maximum fresh-gas flow to prevent contaminat-
ing ambient air
For external breathing systems (normal 16 L/min
range)
For external breathing systems (restricted 5 L/min
range)
For internal breathing systems (restricted 7 L/min
range)
Measuring systems and displays
As Perseus uses more accurate values for inter-

nal calculation and alarming, small deviations
due to rounding may occur.
Airway pressure
Airway pressure Paw
Plateau pressure Pplat
Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
Peak inspiratory pressure PIP
Mean airway pressure Pmean
Range –20 to +120 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy ±4 % of the measured value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O)
Resolution of displayed value 1 hPa (cmH2O)

Technical data
Measuring systems and displays (continued)
Pressure gauge for indicating the pressure in

the internal breathing system
Range –20 to +80 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy ±5 % of the measured value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O)
Resolution of displayed value 5 hPa (cmH2O)
Volume
Measured volumes are corrected by the
determined breathing hose compliance. As
soon as CO2 respiratory phases are
detected, measured volumes are also cor-
rected by the suction flow of the integral
patient-gas measurement module and
according to the determined gas composi-
tion.
Tidal volume
Inspiratory VTi
Expiratory VT
Range 0 to 2500 mL
Accuracy ±8 % of measured value or ±15 mL (the larger
value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL
∆VT
Range 0 to 2500 mL
Accuracy ±16 % of measured value or ±30 mL (the larger
value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL
Minute volume
Total MV
Mandatory MVmand
Spontaneous MVspon
Range 0 to 40 L/min
Accuracy ±8 % of measured value or ±0.2 L/min (the
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 or 0.01 L/min
T0...90 <45 s (RR ≥6 /min)
<105 s (RR <6 /min)

Technical data
Low-flow wizard
Range 0 to 8 L/min
Accuracy ±25 % of measured value or ±100 mL/min (the
Respiratory rate
Total RR
Spontaneous RRspon
Mandatory RRmand
Range 0 to 150 /min
Accuracy ±1 /min or 10 % (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 /min
T0...90 <45 s (RR ≥6 /min)
<105 s (RR <6 /min)
Dynamic compliance
Compliance Cdyn
Mean compliance Cdyn mean
Range 0 to 200 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Accuracy ±30 % or ±3 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O) (the larger
value applies)
If during automatic ventilation there is still an
inspiratory flow at the end of inspiration, the
device will determine how much volume could
not be applied. This volume will then be
included with the normal volume in the compli-
ance calculation.
With increasing spontaneous breathing activity,
the compliance values can be distorted. In this
case the measurement accuracy may be
reduced.
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Resistance R
Range 0 to 100 hPa / (L/s) (cmH2O / (L/s))
Accuracy ±3 hPa / (L/s) (cmH2O / (L/s)) or ±30 % of the
measured value (the larger value applies)
(With increasing spontaneous breathing activity,
the R values can be severely distorted. Hence
maintaining measurement accuracy cannot be
guaranteed with spontaneous breathing).
Resolution of displayed value 1 hPa / (L/s) (cmH2O / (L/s))

Technical data
Elastance E
Range 0.005 to 10 hPa/mL (cmH2O/mL)
Resolution of displayed value 0.001 hPa/mL (cmH2O/mL)
Gas measurement Sidestream gas measurement (The sample gas
is fed back into the breathing system and
included in calculations for measurements and
delivery);
All values are measured under ATPS condi-
tions;
Sample gas flow standardized to STPD condi-
tions.
The measurement is corrected for ambient pres-
sure.
Due to the T10...90 time and the sampling rate,
the accuracies of the measured values for O2,
CO2, N2O, and anesthetic agent may deviate at
respiratory rates of 75 /min or higher and an I:E
ratio of 1:2. The influence of respiratory rate and
the I:E ratio on the accuracy has been verified in
a simulated breathing system using a rectangu-
lar waveform for the gas concentration.
End-tidal measured values are calculated for
each breath from the local maxima and minima
of the real-time measurements during expira-
tion.
Sample gas flow 200 mL/min ±10 %
Maximum time until emptying of the water 41 h (sample gas under BTPS conditions at
trap is necessary 23 °C ambient temperature)
System response time The system response time results from the typi-
cal delay and the gas type specific T10...90 time.
Sensor sampling rate <50 ms
Time after switch-on until the specified accu- <500 s
racy is attained
Time until CO2 measured values are dis- <90 s
played with reduced accuracy
Typical delays <5 s
Cross sensitivity None with respect to alcohol (<3000 ppm in
blood),
Acetone (<1000 ppm), methane, water vapor,
NO and CO

Technical data
Drift Compensated by automated cyclic zeroing

Ambient air is fed into the breathing system
during automatic zeroing
O2
Range 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy ±(2.5 Vol% + 2.5 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 1 Vol%
T10...90 <500 ms
CO2
Range 0 to 13.6 Vol%
0 to 13.6 kPa
0 to 102 mmHg
Accuracy ±(0.43 Vol% + 8 % relative)
±(0.43 kPa + 8 % relative)
±(3.3 mmHg + 8 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 Vol%
0.1 kPa
1 mmHg
T10...90 <350 ms
N2O
Range 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy ±(2 Vol% + 8 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 1 Vol%
T10...90 <500 ms
Anesthetic gases
Range
Halothane 0 to 8.5 Vol% (kPa)
Isoflurane 0 to 8.5 Vol% (kPa)
Enflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Sevoflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Desflurane 0 to 20 Vol% (kPa)
Accuracy ±(0.2 Vol% +15 % relative)
±(0.2 kPa +15 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 Vol% (kPa) for desflurane
0.01 Vol% (kPa) for all other anesthetic gases
T10...90 <500 ms

Technical data
Detection Automatic
Primary gas At the latest at 0.3 Vol%
Secondary gas At the latest at 0.4 Vol% or 0.1 xMAC (the larger
value applies)
With a desflurane concentration greater than
4 Vol%, mixture detection occurs at the latest
when the concentration of the second anes-
thetic gas rises above 10 % of the desflurane
concentration.
The secondary gas becomes the primary gas
when the expiratory xMAC value is more than
0.2 xMAC above that of the primary gas.
Minimum displayed concentration The specified detection thresholds refer to rising
anesthetic gas concentrations (e.g., at the start
of an operation). If the anesthetic gas concen-
tration falls, a concentration of down to
0.05 Vol% will be measured, based on the last
anesthetic agent detected. Below this concen-
tration, a value of 0 Vol% will be displayed.
xMAC Based on patient age, anesthetic agent, and
nitrous oxide concentration
(the xMAC is corrected for ambient pressure)
Range 0 to 9.9
Accuracy Corresponds to that of the gas measurement
Resolution of displayed value 0.1
Measurement of supply pressures
Central supply
Range 0 to 9.8 kPa x 100
0 to 140 psi
0 to 0.98 MPa
Accuracy ±4 % or ±0.2 kPa x 100 (the larger value
applies)
±4 % or ±3 psi (the larger value applies)
±4 % or ±0.02 MPa (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 kPa x 100
1 psi
0.01 MPa
Gas cylinders
Range 0 to 250 kPa x 100
0 to 3600 psi
0 to 25 MPa

Technical data
Accuracy ±4 % or ±6 kPa x 100 (the larger value applies)

±4 % or ±87 psi (the larger value applies)
±4 % or ±0.6 MPa (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 kPa x 100
1 psi
0.1 MPa
Test results
Total leakage
Range 10 to 5000 mL/min
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL/min
Leakage in automatic ventilation
Hose compliance Compliance
Range 0 to 9.9 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Display of calculated values
Measurement of consumption and production

CO2 production of the patient
Accuracy ±25 % or 100 mL/min (the larger value applies)
O2 uptake of the patient
Accuracy ±25 % or 100 mL/min (the larger value applies)
Fresh-gas consumption
Range 0 to 99999 L, only gas delivered by the gas
mixer is measured
Accuracy ±15 %
Resolution of displayed value 1L

Technical data
Display of calculated values (continued)
Anesthetic agent
Range 0 to 999.9 mL liquid
Accuracy ±25 %
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL
Waveforms O2 concentration
Primary anesthetic agent concentration
CO2 concentration
Airway pressure
Volume (only for loops)
Flow
Sweep speed 6.25; 12.5; 25 mm/s
Scale
Airway pressure Paw (t) –20 to 80 hPa (cmH2O)
Flow (t) –120 to 120 L/min
Volume (t) 0 to 2000 mL
O2 (t) 0 to 100 Vol%
CO2 (t) 0 to 100 mmHg (0 to 12 Vol%, 0 to 12 kPa)
Anesthetic agent (t)
Halothane 0 to 5 Vol% (kPa)
Enflurane 0 to 6 Vol% (kPa)
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol% (kPa)
Sevoflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Desflurane 0 to 20 Vol% (kPa)
Loops Pressure-Volume
Flow-Volume
Operating characteristics
Mains power supply

Electrical mains connection for the trolley
version
Without isolation transformer 100 to 240 V~ 50/60 Hz
With isolation transformer 100 to 127 V~ 50/60 Hz
Or
220 to 240 V~ 50/60 Hz

Technical data
Operating characteristics (continued)
Maximum power consumption 12 A

Electrical mains connection for the ceiling-
mounted version
Ceiling-mounted version (without isola- 100 to 240 V~ 50/60 Hz
tion transformer)
Maximum power consumption 4A
Power cable
Maximum length 5 m (16.4 ft)
Protective ground resistance Maximum 0.1 ohm
Operating voltage ≥250 V
Operating current ≥16 A
Power consumption
At 230 V~
Standby 0.30 A
Typical (without charging the internal 0.35 A
battery)
Maximum (with auxiliary power sock- 12 A
ets)
Maximum (ceiling-mounted version) 4A
For 110 V~
Standby 0.55 A
Typical (without charging the internal 0.65 A
battery)
Maximum (with auxiliary power sock- 12 A
ets)
Maximum (ceiling-mounted version) 4A
Power consumption
Standby 55 W
Typical 70 W
Maximum (trolley version) 2.2 kW
Maximum (ceiling-mounted version) 400 W
Inrush current (trolley version)
With isolation transformer Approx. 26 to 48 A peak
Approx. 18 to 34 A quasi-RMS
Without isolation transformer Approx. 8 to 14 A peak

Technical data
Inrush current (ceiling-mounted version)

Without isolation transformer Approx. 8 to 14 A peak
Internal battery
Type Lead-gel battery
Sealed, maintenance-free
Capacity 7.2 Ah
Voltage 24 V
Fuse F15A 80V UL248-14, breaking capacity 1000 A,
size 19.7 mm * 19 mm * 5 mm
Current Maximum 15 A
Backup time with new and fully charged bat-
tery
Minimum 30 minutes
Typical 150 minutes
Charging time (to reach full power) At least 8 hours
Charging power Max. 50 W
Gas supply
Gas quality
Oil content <0.1 mg/m3
Dew point 5 °C (41 °F) at ambient temperature
Particle size Dust-free air (filtered with pore size <1 μm)
Supply pressure for O2, Air, N2O 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100
39 to 100 psi
0.27 to 0.69 MPa
Maximum short-term peak inlet flows at
6.9 kPa x 100 (100 psi or 0.69 MPa) supply
pressure
O2 135 L/min (applies only when there is no distri-
bution piece for the central O2 supply)
Air
Without suction unit 50 L/min
Including a directly connected Dräger 130 L/min
ejector suction unit
N2O 40 L/min
Drive gas Not needed

Technical data
Gas supply connection Depending on configuration: DIN, NIST, DISS,

Air Liquide, SIS
Gas cylinders (dimensions)
Diameter 100 to 140 mm (3.94 to 5.51 in)
102 to 106 mm (4.00 to 4.18 in) for versions with
hanger yokes for gas cylinders with pin-index
connection
Maximum height 830 mm (32.68 in)
750 mm (29.52 in) for versions with hanger
yokes for gas cylinders with pin-index connec-
tion
Pressure reducers
Version Single-stage pressure reducers
Permissible inlet pressure range (PV)
Air, O2 11 to 200 kPa x 100
N2O 11 to 60 kPa x 100
Nominal outlet pressure (PA) Fixed setting
See "Flow characteristics"
Due to the design, the outlet pressure rises as
the cylinder pressure falls.
Air, O2
With inlet pressure PV = 11 kPa x 100 4.75 kPa x 100 ±50 kPa
and nominal flow QN = 80 L/min
With inlet pressure PV = 200 kPa x 4.55 kPa x 100 ±50 kPa
100 and nominal flow QN = 80 L/min
N2O
With inlet pressure PV = 11 kPa x 100 5.2 kPa x 100 ±50 kPa
and nominal flow QN = 65 L/min
With inlet pressure PV = 60 kPa x 4.95 kPa x 100 ±50 kPa
100 and nominal flow QN = 65 L/min
Nominal flow
Air, O2 QN = 80 L/min
N2O QN = 65 L/min
Performance data See "Flow characteristics"
Relief valve
Opening pressure (7.5+0.5) kPa x 100
Minimum flow 220 L/min Air

Technical data
Input connections Complying with either

EN 850, ISO 407
DIN 477 T1
NF E 29-650
BS 341; Part 1
NBN 226
ISO 5145
Noise emissions from device Free field measurements complying with
ISO 3744
Average sound pressure level Leq(A) during ≤42 dB(A)
ventilation with typical settings
Sound pressure level L(A) of the alarm tones
at the workstation, measured according to
IEC 60601-1-8 Edition 2.1:
Alarm tone sequence
Alarm tone volumes (all priorities) Settable from >50 dB(A) to <75 dB(A)
Secondary acoustic alarm signal ≥55 dB(A) and ≤75 dB(A)
Mains power supply failure alarm ≥55 dB(A) and ≤75 dB(A)
Dimensions of trolley version (can deviate with
accessory equipment)
Width 1150 mm (45.23 in)
Height 1480 mm (58.27 in)
Depth 790 mm (31.1 in)
Dimensions of ceiling-mounted version without
flexibility trolley (can deviate with accessory
equipment)
Width 1150 mm (45.23 in)
Dimensions of ceiling-mounted version with
flexibility trolley (can deviate with accessory
equipment)
Width 1150 mm (45.23 in)
Work surface dimensions
Width approx. 850 mm (33.46 in)

Technical data
Depth approx. 350 to 500 mm (13.78 to 19.69 in)

Suitable for paper size DIN A3
Weight of trolley version
Nominal configuration consisting of trolley Approx. 160 kg (353 lbs)
version with isolation transformer, electronic
3-gas gas mixer, screen mounted centrally
on the column, plug-in connections for 2
vaporizers, Vapor View option, breathing
system, CLIC adapter and CLIC absorber,
breathing hoses, central supply hoses (5 m
(16.4 ft)), scavenging hose (5 m (16.4 ft))
Various attached parts (e.g., baskets, flexi- Approx. 10 kg (22 lbs)
ble breathing bag holder, handles, vaporizer
parking holders, cylinder pressure reducers,
cylinder holders)
Hanger yokes with pin-index connection + approx. 3 kg (7 lbs)
Plug-in connection for 3 vaporizers with + approx. 3 kg (7 lbs)
Vapor View option
Mechanically controlled gas mixer + approx. 3 kg (7 lbs)
Drawer module (standard) + approx. 12 kg (26 lbs)
Drawer module (large) + approx. 16 kg (35 lbs)
Bronchial suction with swivel arm and + approx. 6 kg (13 lbs)
accessories
Permissible total weight 330 kg (728 lbs)
Weight of ceiling-mounted version
Nominal configuration (no flexibility trolley) approx. 100 kg (220.0 lbs)
Nominal configuration consisting of ceiling-
mounted version with electronic 3-gas gas
mixer, screen mounted centrally on the column,
plug-in connections for 2 vaporizers, lockable
drawer,
CLIC adapter and CLIC absorber, breathing
hoses,
central supply hoses (1.5 m (59 in)), scavenging
hose (1.5 m (59 in))
Nominal configuration of the ceiling- 165 kg (364 lbs)
mounted version on a flexibility trolley
Maximum configuration approx. 200 kg (440.9 lbs)
Permissible total weight Refer to the instructions for use of the ceiling
supply unit and observe?the maximum load
capacity.

Technical data
RFID system
Operating frequency 13.56 MHz ± 50 ppm (broadband)
Transmitter power ≤42 dBμA/m (200 mW ± 1 dB)
Modulation ASK (Amplitude-Shift Keying)
Electromagnetic compatibility Tested in compliance with IEC 60601-1-2
Protection classes
Device I, in compliance with IEC 60601-1
Applied parts (connections for breathing TYPE BF
hoses)
Penetration of liquids IP20 according to IEC 60529,
meets IEC 60601-2-13
Classification in compliance with Directive II b
93/42/EEC, Annex IX
UMDNS Code Universal Medical Device 10-134
Nomenclature System – nomenclature system
for medical devices
Use of latex Perseus is not made with natural rubber latex.
Device outputs
Serial interfaces COM 1 and COM 2

Only connect devices that meet the require-
ments of IEC 60950-1/IEC 62368-1 for
ungrounded SELV circuits and the requirements
of IEC 60601-1 (as of the 2nd edition) for touch-
able secondary circuits with a maximum nomi-
nal voltage of 24 V DC.
Protocol MEDIBUS.X
Alarm delay time (measured from time of Typically <2 s
query)
Connector 9-way Sub-D
Baud rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 baud
Data bits 8
Parity Even
Stop bits 1

Technical data
Device outputs (continued)
Pin assignment
Pin 1 n/c
Pin 2 RXD
Pin 3 TXD
Pins 4, 6 Pins 4 and 6 are connected internally
Pin 5 SHLD-GND
Pins 7, 8 Pin 7 and Pin 8 are connected internally
Pin 9 n/c
Housing SHLD-GND
USB interface Only connect USB storage media that do not
have their own power supply. Do not connect
any charging cables.
Type USB type A connector; USB 1.1

Supported devices USB flash drive formatted with FAT16 or FAT32
Dräger recommends storage media with FIPS
140-2 compatible encryption and their own
encryption facility.
LAN interface Only for Dräger Remote Service
Only connect devices and/or networks that meet
the requirements of IEC 60950-1/IEC 62368-1
for ungrounded SELV circuits and the require-
ments of IEC 60601-1 (as of the 2nd edition) for
touchable secondary circuits with a maximum
nominal voltage of 24 V DC.
Type RJ45 plug
Transfer speed 10Base-T, IEEE 802.3 Clause 14.
Requires at least a CAT3 cable.
Connection for external workstation light Only for workstation lights approved by Dräger,
(optional) see list of accessories.
Distribution piece for central O2 supply
(optional)
Supply pressure 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100
39 to 100 psi
0.27 to 0.69 MPa
Maximum permissible extraction flow rate 40 L/min

Technical data
Device outputs (continued)
Mains power sockets Observe the maximum current for each power
socket, the total current for all power sockets,
and the total permissible leakage current.
Mains power sockets have no battery back-up
and are independent of the switch-on state of
the device.
Power sockets (version without isolation
transformer)
Power socket type IEC
Power sockets with protective ground 2 (maximum 3.15 A per power socket)
Power sockets without protective ground 2 (maximum 1 A per power socket)
Fuse type Fuses, T3,15AH250V IEC 60127-2/V and
T1AH250V IEC 60127-2/V, size 5 mm * 20 mm
Power sockets
(version with isolation transformer)
Power socket type Country-specific
Fuse type Electronic automatic circuit breakers: 4 x 3 A,
slow-blow, for voltages up to 250 V and break-
ing capacity 2000 A.
And 1 x 8 A, slow-blow, for voltages up to 250 V
and breaking capacity 2000 A, in each case
conforming to IEC 60934
Power sockets with protective ground 4 (maximum 3 A per power socket)
Total current Max. 8 A
Main switch for isolation transformer and all
power sockets

Technical data
Relevant standards
In addition to the standards listed here, this

medical device also meets various other stan-
dards, e.g., standards concerning special
national requirements.
IEC 60601-1 (2nd edition) Part 1:

Medical electrical equipment Requirements for safety
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:

Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety; Collateral stan-
dard: Electromagnetic compatibility; Require-
ments and tests
IEC 60601-1-8 Parts 1-8:

Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety; Collateral stan-
dard: General requirements, tests and guidance
for alarm systems in medical electrical systems
IEC 60601-2-13 Parts 2-13:

Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for the safety of
anaesthetic systems
ISO 8835-2 Part 2:

Systems for inhalational anesthesia Anesthesia breathing systems
ISO 8835-3 Part 3:

Systems for inhalational anesthesia Transfer and receiving systems of active
anaesthetic gas scavenging systems
ISO 8835-4 Part 4:

Anesthetic vaporizers
ISO 8835-5 Part 5:

Systems for inhalational anesthesia Anesthesia ventilators
ISO 21647 Particular requirements for the basic safety and

Medical electrical equipment essential performance of respiratory gas moni-
tors

Technical data
Relevant standards (continued)
For devices manufactured since July 2014, the

following also apply:
IEC 60601-1 (3rd edition) Part 1:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for basic safety and
essential performance
ISO 80601-2-13 Parts 2-13:

Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for basic safety and
essential performance of an anaesthetic work-
station
ISO 80601-2-55:2011 (devices with produc- Parts 2-55:
tion date July 2014 - April 2017) Particular requirements for basic safety and
ISO 80601-2-55:2018 (devices with produc- essential performance of respiratory gas moni-
tion date from May 2017 onwards) tors
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety - Collateral
standard: Electromagnetic compatibility -
Requirements and tests
IEC 60601-1-8 Parts 1-8:

General requirements for basic safety and
essential performance - Collateral standard
Alarm systems - General requirements, tests
and guidance for alarm systems in medical elec-
trical equipment and medical electrical systems

Technical data
Diagrams
Pressure characteristics and flow characteristics of the breathing system without

breathing hoses and filters (conforming to ISO 8835-2 and ISO 80601-2-13)
10574

3UHVVXUH>K3DFP+2@

ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
ದ
)ORZ>/PLQ@
Pexsp [hPa (cmH2O)], ventilation drive inactive

Pexsp [hPa (cmH2O)] Man / Spon
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)], ventilation drive inactive
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)] Man / Spon

Breathing system, dry, with filled reusable
Peak flow in
CO2 absorber and soda lime dust filter Man / Spon
use [L/min]
MX50115
No breathing circuit or inspiratory filter 60 –1.1 3.4
30 –0.4 2.6
15 0.6 2.0
2.5 1.0 1.7
With breathing circuit for adults M30146, 60 –3.5 4.1
inspiratory filter MP01730 30 –1.1 2.9

Technical data

Breathing system, dry, with filled reusable
Peak flow in
CO2 absorber and soda lime dust filter Man / Spon
use [L/min]
MX50115
With breathing circuit for pediatric patients
15 –0.7 3.0
M27542, inspiratory filter MP01735
With breathing circuit for neonates MP00333,
2.5 1.1 1.7
inspiratory filter MP01735
Response times in event of concentration changes
Typical response times (T0..90) for an oxygen

concentration change from 21 Vol% to 100 Vol% at
the following fresh-gas flows:
2 L/min 4 L/min 8 L/min O2 flush

Test lung for adults (MP02400), breathing circuit
(MP00300), breathing bag 2 L (MP00222) 712 s 174 s 32 s 9s
VT=500 mL, RR=10 /min, I:E=1:2
Test lung for neonates (8410079), breathing cir-
cuit (MP00333), breathing bag 1 L (MP00383) 91 s 64 s 46 s 7s
VT=30 mL, RR=30 /min, I:E=1:1
Device combinations
This device can be operated in combination with

other Dräger devices or with devices from other
manufacturers. Follow the accompanying
documents of the individual devices.
If a device combination is not approved by Dräger,
the safety and the correct functioning of the
individual devices can be compromised. The
operating organization must ensure that the device
combination complies with the applicable editions
of the relevant standards for medical devices.
Device combinations approved by Dräger meet the
requirements of the following standards:
– IEC 60601-1 (electrical safety, mechanical
safety, software)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (EMC)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)

Technical data
EMC declaration
General information Electromagnetic environment
This device was tested for electromagnetic This device may be used only in environments
compatibility using accessories from the list of specified in section "Environments of use" on
accessories. Other accessories may only be used page 16.
if they do not compromise the electromagnetic
compatibility. The use of non-compliant Emissions Compliance
accessories may result in increased Radiated emis- Class A, group 1 (30 MHz to
electromagnetic emissions or decreased sions 1 GHz)
electromagnetic immunity of the device.
Conducted emis- Class A, Group 1 (150 kHz to
This device may be used in the direct vicinity of sions 30 MHz)
other devices only if Dräger has approved this
device arrangement. If no approval has been given
by Dräger, it must be ensured that this device NOTE
functions correctly in the desired arrangement
The emissions characteristics of this equipment
before use. The instructions for use for the other
make it suitable for use in industrial areas and
devices must be followed.
hospitals (CISPR 11 class A). If it is used in a
residential environment (for which CISPR 11
class B is normally required), this equipment
might not offer adequate protection to radio-
frequency communication services.
The user might need to take mitigation
measures, such as relocating or re-orienting the
equipment.
Immunity against Test level and required electromagnetic environ-

ment
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (IEC 61000-4-2) Contact discharge: ±8 kV
Air discharge: ±15 kV
Fast transient electrical disturbances (bursts) Power cable: ±2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4)
Longer signal input lines/output lines: ±1 kV
Impulse voltages (surges) (IEC 61000-4-5) Voltage, external conductor – external conductor:
±1 kV
Voltage, external conductor – protective ground
conductor: ±2 kV
Magnetic fields at mains frequency 50 Hz: 30 A/m
(IEC 61000-4-8)
Voltage dips and short interruptions in the sup- Voltage dips of 30 % to 100 %, 8.3 ms to 5 s,
ply voltage (IEC 61000-4-11) different phase angles
Radiated high-frequency disturbances 80 MHz to 2.7 GHz: 3 V/m
(IEC 61000-4-3)

Technical data
Immunity against Test level and required electromagnetic environ-

ment
Conducted high-frequency disturbances 150 kHz to 80 MHz: 3 V, ISM bands: 6 V
(IEC 61000-4-6)
Electromagnetic fields in the vicinity of wireless Various frequencies from 385 MHz to 5785 MHz:
communication devices 9 V/m to 28 V/m
Recommended separation distances

from wireless communication devices
To ensure that the full functional integrity of this

device is not compromised, there must be a
separation distance of at least 1.0 m (3.3 ft)
between this device and wireless high-frequency
communication equipment.
Emission of high-frequency energy
This medical device is equipped with an RFID Changes and modifications that have not been
module (radio frequency identification) to enable expressly approved by Dräger may result in the
wireless communication with Infinity ID user no longer being permitted to operate the
accessories. device.
This medical device has been designed and Dräger hereby declares that this medical device,
manufactured to comply with emission limit values including its radio equipment, is in compliance with
for high-frequency energy. These limit values are Directive 2014/53/EU.
incorporated in international safety standards such
The complete EU Declaration of Conformity can be
as IEC 60601-1-2 and standards for radio
viewed at the following internet address:
equipment such as EN 300330 and have been
http://www.draeger.com/doc-radio
defined by regulatory authorities.
The RFID system of this medical device complies
with Part 15 of the FCC regulations and the
license-free RSS regulations of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:
1 This medical device does not cause any
harmful interference.
2 The medical device is not liable to damage
caused by the reception of interference,
including interference causing undesired
operating conditions.

Technical data
Connections to IT networks
In an IT network, data can be exchanged by LAN interface

means of wired or wireless technologies. An IT
network can be any data interface (e.g., RS232, Service
LAN, USB, printer interface) that is described in
standards and conventions. In conjunction with the Dräger SCG
(ServiceConnect Gateway) or a DrägerService
During operation, this device can exchange
computer, the LAN interface enables the following
information with other devices by means of IT
functions:
networks. The following functions are supported:
– Using the SNMP protocol:
– Display of waveforms and parameter data
Monitoring the service status of the device,
– Transmission of existing alarm conditions querying the service status, support during the
– Transfer of device settings and patient data installation of device software and during
software download, configuration support
– Service mode, access to logbooks
– Using the FTP protocol (as a client):
Connecting this device to a network that Querying the device status, support during the
incorporates other devices or making subsequent installation of device software and during
changes to that network can lead to new risks for software download, configuration support
patients, users, and third parties. Before the device
is connected to the network or the network is The following personal data are transmitted
changed, these risks must be identified, analyzed, unencrypted over the interface:
and evaluated by the hospital IT representative in – Logbook with details of age, weight, and height
accordance with the IEC 80001-1 standard (risk of the patient
management for medical IT networks). Appropriate
measures must be taken on the basis of the
results. Time synchronization
Examples of subsequent changes to the network: The LAN interface allows synchronization with an
NTP (Network Time Protocol) server using the
– Changing the network configuration NTP protocol.
– Removing devices from the network
– Adding new devices to the network Required characteristics
– Performing upgrades or updates on devices
The LAN must ensure the connection between the
that are connected to the network
device and the following destinations:
– Service Connect Gateway or DrägerService
Computer
– NTP server

Technical data
Connections between Perseus and the DrägerService computer or the NTP server
Function Protocol Perseus Direction Remote port Remote Connection
port partner
SNMP V3 UDP 161 >1023 SCG
TCP SNMP V3 UDP >1023 162 SCG
(trap)
FTP TCP >1023 21 SCG New, estab-
(command) lished
FTP TCP >1023 21 SCG Established
(command)
FTP TCP >1023 >1023 SCG New, estab-
(data) lished
FTP TCP >1023 >1023 SCG Established
(data)
SNTP UDP >1023 123 NTP server
DHCP UDP 67 67 DHCP server
Typical data volume: RS232 interface

– Update of the device firmware: typically 50 MB
– Help ticket (system log for service purposes): The RS232 interface supports the MEDIBUS.X
typically 3 MB protocol. MEDIBUS.X is a communication protocol
for data exchange between Perseus and, e.g., the
While using the service functions, the device following external medical or non-medical
typically causes an average network load of up to equipment:
150 KB/s. During normal use, the bandwidth used – Hemodynamic monitor
is negligibly low.
– Data management system
Hazardous situations – Computer

– RS232 to Ethernet converter
NOTE The transferred data include the following
information:
Risk when using the device in an overloaded
network – Settings
An overload of the device due to high network – Measured values
loading (e.g., caused by denial-of-service – Waveforms
attacks) may lead to a shut-down of the device-
side network interface. The interface will not be – Text messages
available again until the device is restarted. This – Alarm status
function is used to protect the primary functions
Take note of the documentation for the following
of the device against unauthorized intrusion.
communication protocols before transferring the
data:
– MEDIBUS.X, Rules and Standards for
Implementation (9052607)
– MEDIBUS.X, Profile Definition for Data
Communication V1.n (9052608)

Technical data
The documents are only available in English. USB interface

The following personal data are transmitted
unencrypted over the interface: The USB interface supports the transfer of data to
external storage media. Existing data on external
– Therapy data with details of age, weight, and storage media can be deleted during this
height of the patient operation.
WARNING The following personal data are transmitted
unencrypted over the interface:
Risk due to incompletely transferred data
– User logbook with details of age, weight, and
Data (e.g., measured values, alarms) which height of the patient
the anesthesia machine transfers to other – Screenshots potentially showing information
systems such as patient monitors or EMR about the age, weight, and height of the patient
systems may be displayed there incompletely
or incorrectly.
– Only use these data for information Required characteristics
purposes.
– Do not use these data for patient A connected device must conform to the mass
monitoring or device monitoring. storage medium USB device class (e.g.,
– Do not make diagnostic or therapeutic connecting devices to charge the battery is not
decisions on the basis of these data. intended.). Dräger recommends the use of
FIPS 140-2 compatible storage media with
With the aim of improving the clinical process, the hardware encryption.
data can be used to construct a distributed alarm
system with unacknowledged alarm transmission Hazardous situations
conforming to IEC 60601-1-8. However, the data
must not be used as a substitute for Perseus as Connecting active devices to the Perseus USB
the primary alarm source. interface can cause Perseus to restart.
Alarm conditions are only transmitted in the
network if they are present at the time of an active
query by a connected device. An alarm history is
not transmitted.
Note: Each connected device within the distributed
alarm system must be marked with the following
warning: No guaranteed reception of alarm
signals.
Required characteristics
The RS232 interface is a point-to-point connection.
A connected device must prevent access by
unauthorized users to the data that are sent over
the RS232 interface and must itself be protected
from infections by malware and computer viruses.

Technical data
Open-source software
Dräger devices that use software may use open-

source software, depending on their setup. Open-
source software may be subject to different terms
of license. Additional information regarding the
open-source software used in this device is
available at the following web page:
www.draeger.com/opensource

Principles of operation
Description of the ventilation modes........... 258

Meaning and function of the therapy controls.. 258
Degree of respiratory support.......................... 259
Ventilation modes and effective parameters ... 260
Pressure-supported ventilation........................ 262
Pressure-controlled ventilation ........................ 263
APRV (optional)............................................... 264
Volume-controlled ventilation .......................... 265
Minimum O2 delivery ..................................... 268
Influence of patient category, weight, and

age on device behavior ................................. 269
Influence of patient category ........................... 269
Influence of the ideal patient weight and patient
height............................................................... 269
Influence of the patient age ............................. 269
Infinity ID accessory support ....................... 269
Infinity ID functionality...................................... 269
Schematic diagram of alarm tones .............. 271
Tone sequence for various alarm priorities ..... 271
Tone signals during operation ......................... 271
Combination lock on the drawer (optional). 272
Opening the combination lock ......................... 272
Changing the combination............................... 272
Loss of the combination................................... 273

Description of the ventilation modes
Meaning and function of the therapy controls
Therapy controls Meaning / Function

%Tplat Plateau time as a percentage of the inspiratory time Ti in VC - CMV mode
RR Respiratory rate
RRmin Minimum respiratory rate at which supported breaths are applied in Pressure
Support mode.
Insp. term. When the flow falls below this flow value (in % of the measured peak flow), a
supported breath is interrupted.
PEEP/CPAP Positive end-expiratory pressure / Continuous Positive Airway Pressure
Pressure that is always maintained.
∆Psupp Pressure difference of a pressure-supported breath between PEEP level and
inspiratory pressure.
This pressure support is only available if synchronization of spontaneous breath-
ing (Sync. on) is switched on.
When pressure support is switched on, the naming of the following ventilation
modes changes:
Without pressure support With pressure support
PC - BIPAP PC - BIPAP / PS
VC - SIMV VC - SIMV / PS
VC - SIMV / AutoFlow VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow
Phigh Upper pressure level in APRV
Pinsp Inspiratory pressure
Plow Lower pressure level in APRV
Pmax Upper pressure limit in volume-controlled ventilation. When this pressure is
reached, the breath is held at this level until the set inspiratory time Ti is
reached.
Trigger Flow that, when exceeded, triggers a supported breath
Thigh Period of time in APRV during which the upper pressure level is maintained.
Ti Inspiratory time
Tlow Period of time in APRV during which the lower pressure level is maintained.
Slope Period of time during which a pressure rise from the PEEP or CPAP pressure to
the inspiratory pressure or PSV pressure takes place. This time determines the
steepness of the rise in pressure from the lower to the upper level.
VT Tidal volume

Therapy controls Meaning / Function

Sync. on/Sync. off Switching spontaneous respiratory support on / off
Switching the synchronization on or off causes the following change to the venti-
lation mode:
Pressure-controlled Volume-controlled
Sync. on PC - BIPAP VC - SIMV
Sync. off PC - CMV VC - CMV
When synchronization is switched on, mandatory breaths are synchronized with
the patient's breathing effort. In doing so, the respiratory rate RR is held constant
by adapting the mandatory breaths and the expiratory time. At the end of the
expiratory phase, an inspiratory trigger window is activated so that the manda-
tory breath can be initiated prematurely by up to 5 seconds (patient category
Adult) or 1.5 seconds (patient categories Ped and Neo). If the spontaneous
inspiratory flow reaches the set value of the flow trigger Trigger during this trig-
ger window, a premature mandatory breath is triggered.
If no spontaneous breathing is detected within the inspiratory trigger window, a
mandatory breath will be triggered immediately afterwards.
Degree of respiratory support
Respiratory support Ventilation mode

None Standby, Pause, Ext. FGO
Low Man/Spon, CPAP, CPAP / PSV with ∆Psupp <5 hPa (cmH2O)
Medium CPAP / PSV with ∆Psupp ≥5 hPa (cmH2O)
High Volume-controlled modes
Pressure-controlled modes

Ventilation modes and effective parameters
Additional parame-
Base parameters ters
Group Tab Ventilation mode
(normal therapy bar) (expanded therapy
bar)
Manual ventila- Man/Spon Manual / Spontaneous CPAP1)
tion / Sponta-
neous
breathing
Pressure-sup- PSV1) CPAP / PSV Trigger Insp. term.
ported ventila- ∆Psupp
tion RRmin
PEEP
Slope
Pressure-con- PC PC - CMV Pinsp Slope
trolled ventila- RR
tion PEEP
Ti
Sync. off
PC - BIPAP Pinsp Trigger
∆Psupp1) = Off Slope
RR
PEEP
Ti
Sync. on
PC - BIPAP / PS1) Pinsp Trigger
∆Psupp1) >0 Insp. term.1)
RR Slope
PEEP
Ti
Sync. on
APRV2) PC - APRV Phigh
Thigh
Slope
Plow
Tlow

Additional parame-
Base parameters ters
Group Tab Ventilation mode
(normal therapy bar) (expanded therapy
bar)
Volume-con- VC - AF VC - CMV / AutoFlow Pmax Slope
trolled ventila- VT
tion RR
PEEP
Ti
Sync. off
VC - SIMV / AutoFlow Pmax Trigger
VT ∆Psupp1) = Off
RR Slope
PEEP
Ti
Sync. on
VC - SIMV / PS / Auto- Pmax Trigger
Flow1) VT ∆Psupp1) >0
RR
Insp. term.1)
PEEP
Slope
Ti
Sync. on
VC VC - CMV Pmax %Tplat
VT
RR
PEEP
Ti
Sync. off
VC - SIMV Pmax Trigger
VT ∆Psupp1) = Off
RR %Tplat
PEEP
Ti
Sync. on
VC - SIMV / PS1) Pmax Trigger
VT ∆Psupp1) >0
RR
Insp. term.1)
PEEP
Slope
Ti
%Tplat
Sync. on
1) Requires software option PSV
2) Requires software option APRV

Pressure-supported ventilation
PSV (optional)
10563
Paw ∆Psupp
PEEP
Slope 7LPH
1/RRmin
Flow
Trigger
Insp. term.
7LPH
SDWLHQWWULJJHUHGEUHDWK PDFKLQHWULJJHUHGEUHDWK
CPAP / PSV (optional) Patient-triggered breaths are ended as soon as the

inspiratory flow falls below the flow defined by the
– Spontaneous breathing Insp. term. setting. The duration of a machine-
– Spontaneous breathing with continuous triggered breath is additionally determined by the
positive pressure level with or without pressure patient category and the set minimum respiratory
support rate RRmin.
Each detected inspiratory effort at CPAP level Purely spontaneous breathing at CPAP level is
induces a patient-triggered, flow-controlled, and achieved by setting ∆Psupp=Off. In this case the
pressure-supported breath. Point in time, number, patient does not receive any more machine-
and duration of pressure-supported breaths are triggered breaths.
determined by the patient. When no inspiratory
effort is detected, mechanical breaths are
delivered at the set minimum respiratory rate
RRmin and pressure support ∆Psupp.

Pressure-controlled ventilation
PC
10562
Paw Pinsp 7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
PEEP
∆Psupp
Slope Slope 7LPH
Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger Trigger
Insp. term.
7LPH
PDFKLQHWULJJHUHGEUHDWK SDWLHQWWULJJHUHGEUHDWK
PC - CMV In PC - BIPAP, the patient can breathe

spontaneously at any time, while the number of
– Pressure-controlled mandatory breaths is predefined. When
– Time-controlled synchronization is switched on, the breaths are
adapted to the spontaneous breathing efforts of
– Machine-triggered
the patient. If spontaneous breathing effort by the
The mandatory breaths are machine-triggered and patient is detected during the inspiratory trigger
are not triggered by the patient. window, a patient-triggered breath will be initiated.
PC - BIPAP PC - BIPAP / PS (optional)

– Pressure-controlled This mode is similar to PC - BIPAP, except that the
– Time-controlled patient's spontaneous breathing at the PEEP level
during the expiratory phase is pressure-supported
– Machine-triggered or patient-triggered with ∆Psupp when outside the trigger window.
– Synchronized inspiration

APRV (optional)
10561
Paw Phigh
Plow
Slope 7LPH
Thigh Tlow
Flow
7LPH
PC - APRV
– Pressure-controlled
– Time-controlled
– Machine-triggered
– Spontaneous breathing at continuous positive
airway pressure with short pressure releases
In PC - APRV, the patient's spontaneous breathing
occurs at the upper pressure level Phigh. This
pressure level is maintained for the duration of
Thigh.
The number of pressure releases is determined by
the Thigh and Tlow settings. The releases are
time-controlled and are not triggered by the
patient. The duration is determined by Tlow.

Volume-controlled ventilation
Compliance correction application of the volume to the patient. The

applied VT is also corrected by the sampling flow
The applied VT is corrected by the determined of the built-in patient-gas measurement module as
breathing hose compliance, i.e., an additional soon as CO2 respiratory phases are detected.
volume is delivered in order to ensure the
VC
10558
7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
Paw
Pmax
∆Psupp
PEEP
%Tplat 7LPH
Slope
Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger Trigger
Insp. term.
7LPH
VC - CMV – Machine-triggered
– Volume-controlled – Constant inspiratory flow
– Pressure-limited
– Time-controlled

In this volume-controlled ventilation mode, the

patient receives the set tidal volume VT with each
mandatory breath.
VC - SIMV
– Volume-controlled
– Pressure-limited
– Time-controlled
– Machine-triggered or patient-triggered
– Constant inspiratory flow
– Synchronized inspiration
In VC - SIMV, the patient can breathe
mandatory breaths is predefined. When
synchronization is switched on, the breaths are
adapted to the spontaneous breathing of the
patient. If inspiratory effort by the patient is
detected during the inspiratory trigger window, a
patient-triggered breath will be initiated.
VC - SIMV / PS
This mode is similar to VC - SIMV, except that the
patient's spontaneous breathing at the PEEP level
during the expiratory phase is pressure-supported
with ∆Psupp when outside the trigger window.

VC - AF
10560
Paw 7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
PEEP
Pmax
∆Psupp
7LPH
Slope Slope
Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger Trigger
Insp. term.
7LPH
With AutoFlow, the set tidal volume VT is applied If no automatic ventilation has previously taken
for all mandatory volume-controlled breaths with place, a volume-controlled test breath with
the lowest required pressure. The patient can constant inspiratory flow is performed when
breathe spontaneously throughout the entire starting a ventilation mode with AutoFlow in order
respiratory cycle, during both inspiration and to estimate the lung parameters. The inspiratory
expiration. The pressure patterns and flow patterns pressure required at the start is determined from
of the mechanical inspiratory breaths correspond this test breath. Each additional breath-related
to those of pressure-controlled ventilation. readjustment of the inspiratory pressure is limited
to ±3 hPa (cmH2O). The pressure difference
Due to the patient's spontaneous breathing efforts
(inspiratory pressure - PEEP) is at least 5 hPa
or compliance changes in the lungs, the tidal
(cmH2O) and the upper inspiratory pressure limit is
volume in an individual breath may deviate from
set by Pmax. If the set value for VT is reduced, the
the set tidal volume VT. However, averaged over
inspiratory pressure will be reduced by a greater
time a tidal volume corresponding to the set
amount if necessary.
volume VT is applied.

VC - CMV / AutoFlow – Decelerating inspiratory flow

– Volume-controlled – Synchronized inspiration
– Pressure-limited In VC - SIMV / AutoFlow, the patient can breathe
– Time-controlled
mandatory breaths is predefined. When
– Machine-triggered synchronization is switched on, the breaths are
– Decelerating inspiratory flow adapted to the spontaneous breathing efforts of
the patient. If spontaneous breathing effort by the
The mandatory breaths are machine-triggered and patient is detected during the inspiratory trigger
are not triggered by the patient. window, a patient-triggered breath will be initiated.
VC - SIMV / AutoFlow VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow

– Volume-controlled This mode is similar to VC - SIMV / AutoFlow,
– Pressure-limited except that the patient's spontaneous breathing at
the PEEP level during the expiratory phase is
– Time-controlled pressure-supported with ∆Psupp when outside the
– Machine-triggered or patient-triggered trigger window.
Minimum O2 delivery
Minimum FG-O2 concentration

Gas mixer Minimum O2 flow
Carrier gas Air Carrier gas N2O
Configurable for each patient category, see
chapter "Vertical tab "Fresh gas" (only with elec-
tronically controlled gas mixer)"
Electronically When the minimum O2 delivery switches on, the
21 % 25 %
controlled FG O2 therapy control is selected in addition to
the selected therapy control. When the active
set value is changed, FG O2 changes automati-
cally with it.
Continuously adjustable with flow control valves.
The minimum O2 delivery interrupts the N2O
flow in the following cases:
Mechanically – N2O flow control valve open and O2 flow
21 % 21 %
controlled control valve closed
– O2 flow less than 200 mL/min
O2 will continue to be delivered in the event of
an N2O failure.

Influence of patient category, weight, and age on device behavior
Influence of patient category In the Neo patient category, the ideal patient
weight is equal to the entered patient weight.
– Alarm limits and start settings for therapy The calculated ideal patient weight affects:
– Volumeter scale – Start settings for tidal volume VT
– Flow measurement and software algorithms to – Start settings for respiratory rate RR
suppress artifacts
– Start settings for VT and MV alarm limits
– Maximum duration of a pressure-supported
breath – Flow trigger
VT and RR are only dependent on the ideal patient
weight when the Ideal body weight function is
Influence of the ideal patient weight and selected in System setup > Therapy, see
patient height page 157.
Changing the patient weight during an automatic
Ideal patient weight describes the portion of the ventilation has no effect on the current ventilation
body that is relevant to setting the ventilation settings.
parameters (patient body weight minus assumed
excess fat).
In the Adult and Ped patient categories, the ideal Influence of the patient age
patient weight is calculated from the entered
patient height. During operation, the set age influences:
– Calculation of MAC value
Infinity ID accessory support
Perseus can be operated with accessories with Infinity ID functionality

Infinity ID functionality.
– Infinity ID breathing circuit
WARNING
– Infinity ID WaterLock 2 water trap
If no Infinity ID accessories are used, the
– Infinity ID flow sensors
additional functions such as exchange
– Infinity ID CLIC absorber interval monitoring and anti-interchange
security are not available.
The Infinity ID functionality can be configured,
see page 169.

CAUTION WARNING
Risk of incorrect values for resistance and Risk of inappropriate operating life
compliance
Exchange monitoring only considers the
If an unused Infinity ID accessory is in the absolute period of use and not the current
immediate vicinity of the device, values may be condition of the Infinity ID accessory and
transferred inadvertently from this accessory. therefore does not excuse the user from
periodic checks of the accessory.
Do not keep unused Infinity ID accessories in the
vicinity of the device. The exchange interval which can be set for
the exchange monitoring does not represent
CAUTION a guarantee for the maximum period of use of
the accessory.
Risk of inappropriate compliance values
When accessories are added to an Infinity ID Anti-interchange security
breathing circuit, the values for compliance and
leakage may deviate from those saved on the
WARNING
breathing circuit.
Always perform the leakage test before starting Risk of interchanged or incorrect breathing
therapy in order to determine the actual values hoses
for compliance and resistance. If the test cannot The Infinity ID function to prevent
be performed because the patient is already interchanging the breathing hoses does not
connected, particular attention is required during excuse the user from checking the
ventilation. accessories.
The Infinity ID function to prevent
CAUTION interchanging does not represent a guarantee
Malfunctions of the Infinity ID functionality that the hoses are correctly connected.
Particular EMC situations or defects in Infinity ID When Infinity ID breathing hoses and Infinity ID
components can cause permanent alarms. breathing bags are used, the incorrect connection
To prevent distracting the user under these of breathing hoses and the breathing bag is
circumstances, contact service personnel to detected and reported. Hoses that are incorrectly
deactivate the Infinity ID alarms. connected with the breathing system trigger an
automatic alarm.
Exchange interval monitoring

An automatic monitoring of the period of life is
available for Infinity ID WaterLock 2 water traps,
Infinity ID CLIC absorbers, Infinity ID breathing
circuits, and Infinity ID flow sensors.
An exceeded period of use is signaled during the
system test.
The exchange interval for the connected Infinity ID
accessories can be adjusted.
This interval must be specified in accordance with
the applicable hygiene regulations or the
requirements stated in the instructions for use of
the corresponding accessory.

Schematic diagram of alarm tones
Tone sequence for various alarm priorities
Alarm priority Standard (according to IEC 60601-1-8) Repetitive
High Depending on the overall alarm situation, this tone sequence Yes
may be played as a 5-tone sequence due to the timing of the
individual alarms.
Medium Yes
Low No
The described acoustic alarm signals are handled

by a backup loudspeaker if the primary
loudspeaker fails. This plays the tone sequences
of the high and medium alarm priority with constant
tone frequency and constant volume.
Tone signals during operation
When Signal
Therapy start or change of venti-
lation mode
Timeout

Combination lock on the drawer (optional)
The lower drawer on the large drawer module is
20427
provided with a combination lock. When delivered,
the combination on the lock is set to 3333.
Opening the combination lock

20425
The combination lock is opened. The digit wheels

return automatically to 0000.
Alternatively, the combination lock can be opened
with the supplied key. For information on the
procedure, see "Loss of the combination" on
page 273.
1 Set the combination with the digit wheels.

Changing the combination
20426
20428
2 To open the combination lock, turn the knob to

OPEN.
1 While the combination lock is open, set the
current combination.

20429
20432
2 Turn the knob to position C. 2 Turn the key counterclockwise to the final
position stop.
3 Set the new combination.
20433
20430
4 Turn the knob to CLOSE. 3 Turn the knob to OPEN. The digit wheels show
the current combination.
The new combination is stored.
Loss of the combination

20431
1 Insert the key.

Annex
Annex
Abbreviations................................................. 275
Symbols.......................................................... 277
Product labels................................................ 280
Overview of the menu structure................... 282

Annex
Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation Abbreviation Explanation

%, Vol % Percentage gas ratio, related to cmH2O Centimeters of water
total volume
CMV Controlled Mandatory Ventilation
A Ampere
CO Carbon monoxide
Add. O2 Emergency O2 delivery
CO2 Carbon dioxide
AGS Anesthetic gas receiving system
COM Serial port
AGSS Anesthetic gas scavenging sys-
CPAP Continuous Positive Airway
tem
Pressure, continuous positive
Air Medical compressed air airway pressure
APL Adjustable Pressure Limitation, CSA Canadian Standards Agency
adjustable pressure limitation
dB(A) Sound pressure level, A-
APRV Airway Pressure Release Venti- weighted
lation
Des Desflurane
ASA American Society of Anesthesi-
∆O2 Difference between inspiratory
ologists, american society of
and expiratory O2 concentration
anesthesiologists
∆Psupp Pressure support above PEEP
ATPS Ambient Temperature and Pres-
sure, Saturated EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
Ambient temperature and ambi-
Enf Enflurane
ent pressure, 100 % relative
humidity ERR Display when a measured value
cannot be determined.
Aux. O2 O2 insufflation
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
BIPAP Biphasic Positive Airway Pres-
Electrostatic Discharge
sure, spontaneous breathing
under continuous positive airway FG Fresh gas
pressure with 2 different pres-
FiO2 Inspiratory oxygen fraction
sure levels
FTP File Transfer Protocol
BMI Body mass index
GPL General Public Licence
BTPS Body Temperature and Pres-
sure, Saturated Hal Halothane
37 °C (98.6 °F), ambient pres-
HF High-frequency
sure, 100 % relative humidity
HME Heat and moisture exchanger
CAL Display when a measurement
value is calibrated. HMEF HME filter
CBM mode Cardiac bypass mode hPa Hectopascal
Cdyn Dynamic compliance (patient) Hz Hertz
CISPR Comité International Spécial des I:E Ratio of inspiratory time to expi-
Perturbations Radioélectriques ratory time
International special committee
ID Identification
on radio interference

Annex
Abbreviation Explanation Abbreviation Explanation

Insp. term. Inspiration termination criterion png Graphics format
in % based on peak inspiratory
Pplat Plateau pressure
flow
ppm Parts per million
Iso Isoflurane
R Resistance
kg Kilogram
RFID Radio Frequency Identification,
kPa Kilopascal
radio frequency identification
L Liter
RR Respiratory rate
LAN Local area network
RRmin Minimum respiratory rate
lbs Pound; unit of mass
Sev Sevoflurane
LED Light-emitting diode
Slope Pressure rise time
LGPL Lesser General Public Licence
SNMP Simple Network Management
MAC Minimum Alveolar Concentration Protocol
Man/Spon STAPD Standard Temperature, Ambient
Manual ventilation / Sponta-
Manual / Spon- Pressure, Dry
neous breathing
taneous 20 °C (68 °F), ambient pres-
sure, dry gas
mbar Millibar
STPD Standard Temperature and Pres-
MEDIBUS.X Communication protocol for
sure, Dry
medical devices with uniform
20 °C (68 °F), 1013 hPa, dry gas
data definition for all devices
TC Time constant
min Minute
Ti Inspiratory time
mL Milliliter
UMDNS Universal Medical Device
mmHg Millimeter of mercury
Nomenclature System
MPa Megapascal Nomenclature for medical
devices
MV Minute volume
USB Universal Serial Bus
N2O Nitrous oxide
V Volt
NTP Network Time Protocol, standard
for synchronizing clocks VT Tidal volume
O2 Oxygen xMAC Accumulated multiple of the
MAC values of anesthetic agents
O2+ O2 flush
and N2O
Pa Pascal; unit of pressure
Paw Airway pressure
PEEP Positive end-expiratory pressure
Pinsp Inspiratory pressure
PIP Peak inspiratory pressure
Pmax Maximum pressure
Pmean Mean pressure

Annex
Symbols
Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation
Manufacturer Patient category Adult
XXXX Date of manufacture Temporarily suppress acoustic

alarm signal
WEEE marking Audio paused

Acoustic alarm signal is tempo-
rarily suppressed.
Observe the instructions for use
Warning! Strictly follow these Alarm inactive
instructions for use
Caution! Follow the accompany- Alarm temporarily inactive
ing documentation (Symbol)
Mains power
Attention! (safety sign)
Mains power unavailable

Group Views...
Battery completely charged

Group Trends/Data...
Battery empty
Group Alarms...
Battery is charging.
Group Procedures... Central gas supply connected

and pressure within specified
Group System setup... range
Central gas supply not con-
Group Start.../Standby... nected or pressure not within
Device on/Standby specified range
Gas cylinder full

Main switch on
Gas cylinder empty or gas cylin-

der valve turned off
Main switch off Gas cylinder pressure sensor

not connected
Patient category Neo Symbol for programmed

Auto On
Patient category Ped

Annex

Key for switching on and off and Expiration
dimming the workplace illumina- Identification mark on the breath-
tion ing system and the breathing
system cover
Emergency O2 delivery
(Add. O2) Breathing bag
Applied part of type BF (body
floating) Vaporizer plug-in system, "fixed"
position
Potential equalization connector
Auto Exclusion Plug-in connec-
Closes the dialog window tion
REF Part number

Upper alarm limit
Serial number
Lower alarm limit
LOT Lot number
No alarm limit
Spontaneous breathing activity Use by: YYYY-MM-DD
by the patient Expiration date
In lists: One line up

Keep away from sunlight
In lists: One line down
Storage temperature
In lists: One page up
Relative humidity
In lists: One page down
Ambient pressure
Risk of crushing
Do not use if package damaged
ESD warning label, follow the
information on electromagnetic Do not reuse
compatibility.
Locked Spare part
Unlocked LAN connection
Inspiration USB port

Identification mark on the breath-
ing system and the breathing Identifies the interface for the
system cover workstation light
External fresh-gas outlet

Annex
CO2 absorber bypass Up arrow key for lifting the ceil-

ing supply unit
Enter key Down arrow key for lowering the
ceiling supply unit
Connection for Embedded
Control Display
Indicates a changed view which
has not yet been saved Other Dräger devices
Identifies the tabs that lead to
the page with the language set-
tings.
Read the flow at the center of Ceiling-mounted version of the
the float. Perseus
Advanced Cylinder Support

Docking or undocking of
Identifies N2O cylinders. Perseus
The color code conforms to the
locally applicable standard.
Identifies O2 cylinders.
Identifies Air cylinders.
Gas outlet
Gas inlet
Display on the total flow tube

indicating the cumulative value
of the individual flows
MR unsafe
Do not use this device near MRI
scanners.
Exemplary representation of the
weight distribution of the nominal
weight and the maximum total
weight, see "Technical data".
Key for releasing the locking
brake
Key for releasing the locking
brake

Annex
Product labels
Product label Explanation

When connecting auxiliary devices, be aware of
the leakage current.
Observe chapters "Connecting additional devices
to the auxiliary power sockets" and "Technical
data".
Transport instructions, "Intrahospital transport" on

page 56
Ensure that the control dial of the vaporizer is cor-

rectly positioned. Do not leave the control dial in
the "T" position while the vaporizer is connected to
the medical device.
Maintain the correct minimum distance of 200 mm

(8 in) between the electrical connections and the
gas cylinder.
Observe the correct flow of the anesthetic gas

receiving system, see 132.

Annex
Product label Explanation

Observe the weight of the nominal configuration
and the permissible total weight, see "Technical
data".
Observe the weight of the nominal configuration

and the permissible total weight, see "Technical
data".
Observe the weight of the nominal configuration for

the ceiling-mounted version on the flexibility trolley
and the total permissible weight, see "Technical
data".
Assembly and disassembly should only be per-
formed by DrägerService or authorized service per-
sonnel.
If a non-rebreathing system is used, make sure that

the Ext. FGO operating mode is used. For addi-
tional information, see "Special forms of therapy" in
chapter "Operation".

Annex
Overview of the menu structure
The following tables list the grouped buttons of the

main menu bar with the resulting dialog windows
of the same name and the tabs. For information on
operation, see "Operating concept" on page 39.
Group
Button in main menu Horizontal tab Vertical tab Description

bar
Alarms... Limits Displaying or changing alarm limits
Current alarms Displaying information on active
alarms
Alarm history Viewing the alarm history
Settings Setting the alarm tone volume
Activating or deactivating CO2 alarms1)
Switching CBM mode on or off1)
CO2 alarms off 1), 2) Deactivating CO2 alarms
Autoset limits 1), 3) Automatically adapts alarm limits to

current measured or set values
Exit CBM 1), 4) Exit CBM mode
1) Only during operation, not in Standby mode

2) Only in the modes: Manual / Spontaneous, Ext. FGO, Pause
3) Only in the modes: PSV, PC, PC - APRV (optional), VC - CMV / AutoFlow, VC - CMV
4) Only in CBM mode
Group

bar
Views...1) Switching to other configured views
Resetting current view to start settings
Displaying alarm limits, units, mini-
trends, and loops
1 2 3
View1) Switching between the 3 configured

views.
View1)
1 2 3
View1)
1 2 3
Export screenshot Exporting screenshots to USB flash

drive

Annex
Group

bar
Trends/Data... Graphical trends Overview Displaying trends of measured values
in graphic form
Vent. 1
Vent. 2
Anesthesia
Tabular trends Overview Displaying trends of measured values
in table form
Vent. 1
Vent. 2
Anesthesia
Values Ventilation 1) Displaying overview of current mea-
sured values
Gases 1)
System
Logbook Displaying the logbook
Export 2) Exporting data to USB flash drive

2) Only in Standby mode
Group

bar
Procedures...1) Insp./Exp. hold Starts a maneuver during ventilation.
One-step recruit-
ment
Multi-step recruit-
ment
Flush2) Flushing the breathing system


Annex
Group

bar
System setup... Configuration of device functions and
start settings, see page 150
Patient... 1) Setting patient data
Tests... 2) Displaying test results

Testing the system
Flushing the breathing system
Group

bar
Start... 1) Beginning or continuing a case
Standby...2) Ending the case


Password
Password
Configuration password for Perseus A500 Software 2.0n
Cut-out from the instructions for use Perseus To prevent unauthorized alteration, the start
A500 Software 2.0n settings for Perseus A500 are protected by the
following configuration password:
0000
Information for the configuration

password
To prevent unauthorized alteration, the start

settings for Perseus A500 are protected by a
password with 0 to 8 digits. Information on the start
settings, see page 150.
The configuration password appears on this page
of the instructions for use. Cut out the area with the
password and keep in a place which is safe from
access by unauthorized persons.
The configuration password can only be reset by
specialized service personnel.

This page has been left blank intentionally.

Index
Index
A APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 21

Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Accessories APRV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 67 Audio paused . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Accessories and consumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Auto On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 165
Activation code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 AutoFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Additional devices Auxiliary power sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 182
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Advanced Cylinder Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Alarm tone volume B
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 167 Battery
Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Alarms Blower module
Acknowledging alarm messages . . . . . . . . 141 Installing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Adjusting alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Breathing bag
Alarm settings when changing ventilation Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Breathing hoses
Apnea alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Breath detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Breathing sound
Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Setting the volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
CBM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Breathing system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 191 Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 191 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Displaying alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Downgrading alarm messages . . . . . . . . . . 141 Pressure/flow characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Dräger Vapor 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Breaths
MV alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Synchronizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 191
Quick setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 155
Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 C
Setting alarm limits automatically . . . . 111, 154 Cable channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Setting alarm response. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Cardiac bypass mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting alarm tone volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 CBM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Ceiling-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Setting the volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 167 Central brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Specifying alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Central gas supply
Suppressing the alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Viewing the alarm history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Anesthetic gas concentration Change of patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Checklist
Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)18, 21, 132 System test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Circuit plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 CLIC adapter
Anti-interchange security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Clinical users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Index
CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 21, 76 Emergency start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Filling and mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Environments of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CO2 alarms Expiratory port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Exporting configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 External fresh-gas outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Colors for parameters F
Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Colors of the control elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 170
COM 1, COM 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 168 Resetting to factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Combination lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Failure
Changing the combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Loss of the combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Fresh-gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Gas measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Complete failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Compliance correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Failure of the gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Configurable screen contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Filter
Confirm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Consumables FiO2 concentration
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Prediction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Consumptions Flexible arm
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Resetting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Flow measurement faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Flow sensors
Cylinder pressure reducer problems . . . . . . . . 190 Inserting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Flow waveform scale
D Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flush & Dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 165
Data Flush function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Front
Date Ceiling-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Trolley version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Daylight savings time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Functional scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Default ventilation mode Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 182
Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 G
Device configurations
Transferring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Gas cylinders
Device name Advanced Cylinder Support . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Display for current time and Auto On . . . . . . 31, 32 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Drying function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Gas flow plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
E Gas inlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Gas measurement faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Econometer (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Gas mixer (electronically controlled) . . . . . . . . . 31
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Gas mixer (mechanically controlled) . . . . . . . . . 32
EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Total flow tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 38, 82, 89
EMC declaration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Gas mixtures for the carrier gas . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Emergency O2 delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Index
Gas scavenging M
Ensuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Gas supply MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Main screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mains power supply
Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
H Mains power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Hose configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Maneuvers (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Hose set and filters Manual ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 260
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Measured values
Viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
I Minimum O2 delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Minimum O2 flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Importing configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Mini-trends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Minute volume measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Infinity ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 169 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Accessory exchange interval monitoring . . 270
Accessory replacement intervals . . . . . . . . 169 N
Accessory support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Activating the function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 N2O
InfinityID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Operation without N2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Name
Inspiratory port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Names for screen layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Network
Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Network interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L New case
Language Defining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Non-rebreathing system
Latex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Leakage Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Current values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 O
Locating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Leakage assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 O2 flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 O2 flush
Linked therapy controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Logbook O2 insufflation
Creating entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 167 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 O2 switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 37
Loops O2 waveform scale
Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 O2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 37, 38
Low-flow wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Lung recruitment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Open-source software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Operation
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Index
P Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Parameter fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Parameters Saving the layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Setting brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 150
Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Screen brightness
Patient category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Patient data Screenshot
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Exporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 169
Influence on device behavior . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Service personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Setting procedure
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Canceling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Potential equalization Settings
Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Resetting to starting settings . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Potential equalization pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Soda lime
Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Software options
Prediction Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Anesthetic gas concentration . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
FiO2 concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Sound volume
Pressure-controlled ventilation . . . . . . . . . 260, 263 Setting alarm tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Pressure-supported ventilation. . . . . . . . . 260, 262 Setting breathing sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Spontaneous breathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 260
Q Start dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Quick setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Gas delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
R Patient category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Rating plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Rear Start values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Ceiling-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Stopwatch
Trolley version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Recruitment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Remote service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Synchronized ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 System test
Reprocessing personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Respiratory support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Test types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Rotary knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T
S
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Safety sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Testing the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Sample line Therapy
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Scale Setting and starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Therapy controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42
Time
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Index
Tipping stability Volumeter

Increasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Specifying the scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 216 Volume-controlled ventilation . . . . . . . . . 260, 265
Trends
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 W
Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
MVxCO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Water trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Oxygen uptake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Turn off Emptying or replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 136 Waveforms
Turn on Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Turning on the device Saving view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Specifying the scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Working hours
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
U
X
Units
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 xMAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 112
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 168
User group requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
User groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
User-specific settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
V
Valves
Inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Vapor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Vaporizer
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Ventilation mode
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 258
Ventilation parameters
Linked setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 162
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
View
Available views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Customizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Volume
Setting the breathing sound volume . . 153, 167

These instructions for use are provided for
customer information only and are only
updated or exchanged upon customer request.
Directive 2014/53/EU concerning radio

equipment
Manufacturer
Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA

Moislinger Allee 53-55
23542 Lübeck
Germany
+49 451 8 82-0
FAX +49 451 8 82-2080
http://www.draeger.com
9510595 – 6500.510 en
Á9510595fÈ
© Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA
Edition: 3 – 2020-01
(Edition: 1 – 2018-10)
Dräger reserves the right to make modifications
to the medical device without prior notice.
ision]_0000048349_No.2402

Ifu A500

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ifu A500

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ifu A500

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instructions for use

WARNING Anesthesia workstation

2 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Information about this document................. 5 Getting started ............................................... 79

Assembly and preparation............................ 46 Turning off the device...................................... 136

Perseus as a ceiling-mounted version............. 47 Alarms............................................................. 138

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 3

Configuration ................................................. 148 Ventilator ......................................................... 226

4 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Information about this document

Applicability of these instructions for use

This document applies to products with software

1 Consecutive numbers indicate steps of action, A Letters in illustrations denote elements

Illustrations of products and screen content in this

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 5

The reprocessing of this product is described in

Safety information definitions

6 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

User group requirements

Duties of the operating organization

The operating organization must ensure the

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 7

For your safety and that of your patients

General safety information ........................... 9

8 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

General safety information

The following WARNING and CAUTION Accessories

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 9

The design of the medical device, the

The user of the medical device is responsible for

10 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Medical electrical equipment is subject to special

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 11

Product-specific safety information

12 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Handling Infinity ID components

Ownership or purchase of this medical device with

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 13

Intended use .................................................. 15

14 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Indications – Do not perform low-flow anesthesia on patients

– Perseus applies medications such as oxygen,

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 15

Further information on application

Perseus is designed for use in rooms in which

Also, do not use Perseus in the following

16 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 17

Front (trolley version)

18 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Front (ceiling-mounted version)

Differences from the trolley version:

A Touchscreen to call up functions or dialog

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 19

Plug-in connection with Vapor View option for up to 3 vaporizers

The version for 2 vaporizers is shown here:

20 Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n

Instructions for use Perseus A500 SW 2.0n 21